kang yatse trek

Kang Yatse (II) Trek

Kang yatse (ii) trek expedition.

Description

Reviews (0), things to take, available dates, include / exclude.

Kang Yatse (II) Trek situated at the head of Markha valley Ladakh , is an incredible towering throne-shaped peak in the Himalayan range. The massif is divided into two summits, one on the east and one on the west. Both the summits are a picturesque journey but vary in general preference. The eastern summit, at 6400 metres, is a high-risk summit requiring extensive mountaineering experience and crossing a narrow knife-edge ridge, while the western summit is much more traversed with a less risk-involved factor.

Kang Yatse (2) summit is officially trekked for the western summit at a height of 6250 metres, it is a popular trail with high-altitude hikers wanting to conquer Kang Yatse’s altitude of 6000+ metres.

The trek trail to Kang Yatse (2) is a beautiful walk across the Markha Valley covering many quaint villages en route. Markha valley is one of the prettiest Ladakh valleys along with the exquisite monasteries, incredible views of the far-stretched neighboring Himalayas, refreshing snack stalls and interactive natives are sure to keep the trekkers entertained and yet grounded enough to remain attached to the beautiful scenery surrounding them. Considering how implausible the trek’s scenery is, it might highly assist climbers in choosing their next expedition.

Key Points of Kang Yatse (II) Trek

Highlights of kang yatse (ii) trek.

• Level:  Difficult (so first-timers trekkers should avoid nun expedition)
• For this expedition, it is important to follow the Guideline and Rule of the IMF. Without this, it will not be an expedition working Himalayan hikers
• Proper conditioning & training of body required
• Group size minimum of 05 maximum of 10 people
• Need proper Expedition gear & clothing for sub-zero temperatures?
• Shoes are the single most important equipment
• High Altitude requires proper acclimatization
• Post monsoon or pre-monsoon is the best time. During rains the region is prone to landslides
• Phones don’t work on the trek, we are provide to you Radio Walkie Talkie for Communication
• Beautiful landscape so carry good photo gear (I couldn’t carry my best equipment)
• Travel light (my backpack was heavy at about 12 kg to 15 Kg )
• Keep an extra day in your itinerary for attempt to summit account for bad weather
• Alcohol and smoking is not allowed in during the Expedition

Some of the highlights of Kang Yatse (II) Trek

The trek to Kang Yatse (2) will take you through monasteries, ancient Himalayan culture and the famous alpine meadows of the Ladakh valley. Trekkers will begin their journey in Siku and end at the summit. The descent will take a different route, culminating in a journey to Chokdo.

The Markha valley where the first rest day will apply is accompanied with the pass through the Hemis National Park famous for its lively wildlife. Trekkers may have the opportunity to see the magnificent snow leopard in addition to the usual views of Arghal, Bharal, Shapu, and others. The breathtaking view of Kang Yatse (2) will be visible as the trekkers near the end of their journey to Markha Valley.

The beautiful meadows just before Namling but after trekkers leave the Markha valley are without a doubt one of the best views of the entire trek. Grazing sheep, a shepard trail, and lush greenery are proof that these meadows are among the best in the Himalayas. The journey after base camp is difficult, requiring intense physical exertion as well as mental fortitude. The Kang Yatse (II) expedition is designed for experienced mountaineers who want to climb peaks of 6000 metres or higher. Prior knowledge of technical and mountaineering techniques will be extremely beneficial to the trekkers’ journey. Challengers must be physically and mentally fit due to the technical ascent to the summit as well as the distance travelled.

Things to look forward to-

• Provides a remarkable sense of accomplishment while also bringing you one step closer to your expedition aspirations of much higher and harsher peaks.
• Explore the beauty of Hemis National Park
• Meadows en route are captivating with a strong influence over memorable fortitude
• Experience the native culture of the Markha Valley involving 3 different villages
• Old monasteries exposing the vivid ancient history of the place provides an extreme sense of serenity and upgraded wish to explore more.
• The confluence of the Zanskar River with the Indus River before the on vehicle travel to Chilling is a major highlight of the dive way..

Views along the journey

• Hemis National Park flooding with wild fauna provides incredible insight to Himalayan wildlife. Trekkers, if lucky, might get a chance to witness the snow leopard beast.
• Distant view of Kang Yatse (2) right at the end of Markha Valley is a picture perfect nature’s canvas.
• Prepare to be mesmerized by the breathtaking beauty of the Markha valley and Zanskar range, as well as the Karakoram peaks and mountains that surround Kang Yatse, once you reach the summit. 
• Depending on the clarity of the skies, you may also notice the K2 peak and the distant Tibet Mountains.

Nearby places to visit

Since trekkers will be staying at least 2 days before the trek for acclimatization, we highly recommend trekkers to explore the vast culture of Leh.

• Thiksey monastery with over 500 monks is one of the most beautiful monasteries in Ladakh, it is easily a good choice for an exploration day.
• Gurudwara Pathar Sahib is one of the highly religious and impactful places to visit in Leh.
• Souvenirs from the local markets are a must do, the culturally guided items are sure a short way to spend a great time in Ladakh.
• The many monasteries are a great way to spend the day learning about the culture and its domination in the area.

The altitude covered in Kang Yatse (II) Trek

• Leh- 35 00 m
• Markha valley-3703m
• Hangkar- 4000m
• Namling- 4699m
• Base Camp- 5099m
• Summit-6250m

Best Time to Visit Kang Yatse (II) Trek

Kang Yatse (II)’s ascent and descent are both challenging with occasional tough terrain and acclimatization. The best time to hike these paths is between July and October, when Himalayan region experiences moderate climate. The temperature usually ranges between 20 and 25 degrees Celsius during the day with substantially colder nights; the higher the trekkers ascend, the colder it becomes.

Is it safe?

Set amidst the high altitude ranges, concerns regarding Kang Yatse (II) trek safety are indeed very valid. To assure you we have all the possible probabilities calculated if anything goes off the schedule. At every stop point of the journey, trekkers will be going through a proper guided session informing them about the upcoming terrains. 

All of our professionals strive to provide the best experience possible for trekkers, so a collaborative contribution of a relaxed mindset and morally communicative behavior with fellow trekkers will be greatly appreciated.

Difficulty level Kang Yatse (II) Trek

Because the top is relatively high in elevation, we recommend a reasonable level of physical fitness. We strongly advise trekkers to be physically and mentally prepared for an endurance process as the arduous journey might throw obstacles at unexpected hours. Throughout the course, all groups will be guided by our experts for trekking equipment and any impending terrain. Trekkers must be aware of any AMC conditions and must notify our teams before continuing their ascent.

Weather conditions in Kang Yatse (II) Trek

The weather conditions vary depending on the time of year trekker’s travel. The months of July to October are generally considered to be comfortable for this expedition; however, as the teams gain altitude, the weather may become much colder, with chilly nights and mornings. Winters are highly improbable for this summit expedition.

Trekking Essentials

1) Because nights at elevations tend to be considerably colder, we suggest having well-graded, warm and comfortable clothing along with good quality shoes.

2) Despite the fact that we handle medical crises, we urge individuals to keep their emergency kits at hand in any case of personal underlying illnesses.

3) Since the journey provides you with a picturesque view of many peaks, don’t forget to bring your camera along with extra batteries.

4) Our staff will consult with fellow trekkers about their luggage and, if lacking, will assist trekkers in obtaining any necessary equipment. Only the relevant luggage should be brought, as a result.

Other important trekking essentials-

Connectivity and Transactions

1) All networks, including Vi, Airtel, and BSNL, function well in Ladakh, but connectivity along the route is unpredictable, so we advise people to complete all of their work ahead of time.

2) Trekkers will be provided with walkie- talkies beforehand in case of emergency

3) Last ATM transactions available will be at Leh. We recommend travelers to collect cash beforehand or while in Leh as ATMs available at other places might not dispense cash at times.

How to Reach in Kang Yatse (II) Trek

If you are travelling from any metropolitan city in India or from outside India, getting to the capital city of Delhi may be the first and most important step. All major modes of transportation, such as air, road, and rail, can take you to Delhi.

Leh is connected to most major cities in India via all chief modes of transportation. Trekkers could perhaps conduct extensive research for their direct mode of transportation to ensure a much smoother arrival.

How to reach Leh from Delhi

By air – Kushok Bakula Rimpochee Airport is the nearest airport to Leh. It is well connected to Delhi with many flights in a week. Cabs are easily available from the airport to Leh.

By road -Delhi have road routes to Leh via Manali or via Srinagar. Trekkers will have to book either a bus or private cabs. Prior booking for cabs and bus are easily available at various sites.

Delhi>Leh> Chilling

By railway – 

Some important points to note-

• Please note that we don’t provide timings schedules for transportation before Leh. Subjected to various conditions the scheduled timings and availability of particular rides may differ. We recommend trekkers to reach out our teams for any queries. You can drop an email or call us for an initial guided session.
• Our teams will be collecting trekkers at fixed points of airports, railway stations and bus stands.
• It is recommended that unless any delay arrives, trekkers are advised to reach the destinations at least 2 hours prior.

Short itinerary of Kang Yatse (II) Trek

Note: –  Our service will remain from Leh to Leh – for more details please check includes or excludes 

Things Himalayan Hikers Recommend

As previously stated, a camera, as well as spare batteries and memory cards, are recommended. We can assure and guarantee that you will be stopping frequently along the trail to observe the grandeur of the trekking experience.

We strongly advise trekkers to prepare for the perilous journey ahead. Consistently working on your physical fitness and mental stamina will be of great help to trekkers.

After the trek, we strongly encourage trekkers to tag us on social media when they post any memories from the trip; this will not only prove invaluable to us with our work, but will also serve as a motivational example for all of our experts.

Why you should choose us

We’re here to give you the greatest experience possible through the eyes of highly skilled and qualified specialists who have a passion for adventure sports. We are community members attempting to promote our favorite adventure sports while also supporting local businesses. We, at Himalayan hikers, dedicate ourselves to providing you with unforgettable experiences.

Day 1- Arrival Leh

Arrive at Leh, drive to hotel check-in and get ready for an overnight stay.

Day 2- Leh (Acclimatization day)

Acclimatization Day. Trekkers can visit nearby places and explore Leh, its local culture, monasteries and cuisines.

Day 3 – Leh to Chilling and trek to Siku

Morning after breakfast, check out of hotels and drive to Siku via Chilling. En route, experience the wilderness of the route. Once again, stop for lunch before proceeding further. Check into a local stay for an overnight rest.

Day 4 – Trek to Markha

After the rest, in the morning the trek starts from Skiu to Markha which will be a 8-hour journey. Dinner will be provided, after dinner all can retire to bed.

Day 5- Trek to Hangkar

The next morning trek begins from Markha and will end at Hangkar. Beautiful Sceneries as well old structures will be seen during the journey. After the whole long day’s journey all can rest.

Day 6- Trek to Nimaling

The journey begins after breakfast from Hangkar to Nimaling. The journey will lead to the beautiful plateau where the scenery deserves photo clicks. At night all can rest in bed.

Day 7- Trek to Kang Yatse Base camp

The Next morning’s trek begins from Nimaling to Kang Yatase base camp. In the trek you will get to see magnificent views of Kang yatse.

Day 8- Rest and Acclimatization

It is the acclimatization. IN this we will be resting, and spend learning to rope and the use of crampons and ice axes to climb on ice.

Day 9- Base Camp to Summit to back to Base Camp

After the rest, the next journey starts from the base camp at midnight to the summit. All the instructions given yesterday will apply now. After reaching the summit, we will head back to the Base camp.

Day 10 – Trek to Chokdo via Nimaling and drive to Leh

This day we will head back to leh. In between we trek to chokdo via nimaling and then drive to Leh.

Mandatory Documents

Please carry the documents given below.

Original and photocopy of government photo identity card- (Aadhar Card, Driving License, Voters ID, etc, Passport and Visa important to foreigners Medical Certificate (First part should be filled by the Doctor and Second part by the Trekker) Declaration Certificates

Note: –   Many trekkers commit the same mistake of carrying unnecessary items on a trek which only makes the backpack heavy. It is important to know the right items to carry. It differs from season to season if you are trekking in summers then carry less layers of warm clothing and if you are trekking in winters carry enough layers to protect yourself against chilly cold.

Necessary Items for trekkers

Backpack (50 to 60 liters) A strongly built backpack with good support is compulsory for a trek. (Rain cover is important)

Sturdy Trekking Shoes The shoes should be strong enough with good support. The people ask if sports shoes would be comfortable but it is good to bring the right trekking shoes.

The Clothes You Should Bring On a Trek Avoid keeping extra clothes because it only makes you backpack heavy.

Trek Pants – The jeans are never suitable for a trek so you need at least 2-3 trek pants for treks carry more for longer treks.

Jacket – Jackets are very important to carry on a trek it protects you against the chilly weather. So carry 2 jackets on a week long trek.

Layers of warm Clothing  Carry warm woolen layers or fleece. Carry more layers during winter season (at least 2 to 3) and less during summer.

Thermals – The Temperature decreases at night so you might be need thermals for Night.

T- Shirts – Bring those t shirts which dry fast.

Poncho –They are needed if you are trekking on a Rainy day to keep you dry.

Hiking Pole

Water Bottle 2

Cap or Balaclava

Woolen and Waterproof Gloves

Socks (Woolen and Regular)

Torch head light

Personal Toiletry Items –  (toothpaste, toothbrush, toilet paper, sanitizer etc.)

Carry Personal Medical Kit

Personal Medical Kit (Carry minimum 5 tablets and maximum 10)

Diamox – (Prevents altitude sickness)

Digene – (It cures discomfort in stomach, acidity)

Crocin Advance – (Cures fever and headache)

Aspirin/Combiflam – (Pain reliever)

Disprin – (Cures headache)

Avomine – (Prevents motion sickness)

Avil – (It treat allergies)

Norflox TZ & Lomofen – (Prevents Diarrhoea)

Ranitidine – (Reduces the amount of acid in stomach)

Volini/Moov spray – (For sprains)

Betadine/Savlon – (Antiseptic cream)

Stretchable/Elastic bandage

Note:- Use medicines only when prescribed by the doctor. In case you face any problem during your trek, discuss and take advice from the Professional guide.

Sorry! Here are no Available dates right now. For Any Queries you can Email us with [email protected] and Call Us +91 9756197558

What is included in this Expedition?

Forest Permit and entrance fee including camping charges.

Accommodation in tents on twin share basis.

All meals: breakfast, packed lunch, tea, coffee, snacks, soup and dinner.

Expertise Trek Leader, fluent in English and Hindi certified in basic and advance, Search & Rescue , Method of Instructions  mountaineering courses from NIM, IMF or Hanifl Centre outdoor Education.

Experienced local guide and Sherpa, permanent technical guide.

Kitchen team

High quality camping tents, sleeping bags, mattress liner etc

Dining Tent

Gaiters, Koflach Climbing shoes

Ice Axe, Screw gate

Carabineers, rock pitons, ice pitons, snow stakes

Rescue Ropes, Climbing Ropes, Snow bar

Harness, Descended, Ascender, figure of 8, Ice Screw

Radio Willkie Talkie for Communication

Medical Kit

Oxygen Cylinders

What is not included in this Expedition?

There are no reviews yet.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Name  *

Email  *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Related Tours

Chadar Trek

Chadar Trek is over a frozen river in Zanskar region of Ladakh-2024

Markha Valley Trek

Markha Valley Trek – The Heaven On Earth  In Leh Ladakh, India.

Sham Valley Trek

The Sham Valley Trek has got one more name – “The Baby trek of Ladakh”.

Send a quick enquiry

• Overview Itinerary Dates Include/Exclude

• Weekend +91 87 6262 3333
• Himalayan +91 9886 444 809
• International +91 84968 85968
• [email protected]
• One Day Treks
• Two Day Treks
• Himalayan Treks
• International Treks
• Private Treks
• Group Adventures

• Kang Yatse II Expedition - 6250m
• Secure & Easy Booking
• Best Price Guaranteed
• 1000+ Happy Customers
• Expeditions

Kang Yatse II , the Western Summit of Kang Yatse, presents an exhilarating opportunity for mountaineers seeking to progress from trekking peaks to semi-technical mountaineering. Located in Ladakh's Markha Valley, this peak offers breathtaking panoramic vistas of iconic mountains such as K2, Broad Peak, and Gasherbrum Massif to the north, and Nun Kun and the Zanskar peaks to the west.

With an Alpine PD rating and an elevation just above 20,000 feet, Kang Yatse II poses a challenging yet achievable climb for experienced mountaineers and trekkers. The journey to KY2 traverses picturesque pastures of Thactungtse and Nimling, adorned with vibrant wildflowers. Along the way, you'll encounter mystical Mani stones and pristine Tigu lakes, adding to the allure of the trek.

Summit Day presents its own set of challenges, with moraines, loose rocks, and snow-covered crevasses requiring roping up for safety. Despite the obstacles, the climb offers a rewarding blend of pleasure and challenge. The expedition to Kang Yatse II is an ideal opportunity for mountaineers to test their skills on a semi-technical peak while being rewarded with awe-inspiring mountain vistas and the breathtaking beauty of Ladakh's landscape. Join TrekNomads and embark on an unforgettable adventure to Kang Yatse II!

LADAKH is home to numerous natural wonders, but the most precious gift bestowed upon this magical land is the Chadar Trek. The trek is all about persistence & survival – learning to survive in the harsh terrains at sub-zero temperatures, interacting with the locals & understanding their way of living, especially in one of the most inhabitable regions in the world, while you trek across a dramatic gorge with frozen waterfalls on the frozen trail of Zanskar spanned out like a “Chadar” it acts as a mirror for the sky!

LEH is located in the northernmost parts of the country. It is traveller friendly, enchanting and a hassle-free fun town lapped in the snow-covered fringes of the Himalayas. You can explore the bustling Local bazaar, and enjoy some delicious food ranging from the local cuisine, Mughlai, Tibetan, and Chinese to Italian. Narrow footpaths, sturdy walls, and a view of snow-covered mountains make you fall in love with the place instantly. There are a number of interesting places and monasteries to visit in and around Leh, such as – Shanti Stupa, The Leh Palace, the monasteries of Shey, Hemis, Alchi, Thiksey and Lamayuru, the Armed Forces Hall of Fame and much more!

You need more information?

• Day 1: Arrive in Leh & transfer to hotel. Evening walk around the market.
• Day 2: After breakfast, we go for an acclimatization hike to Shanti stupa and a nearby Leh mountain (3,500m)
• Day 3: Drive from Leh to Skiu (3,400m). Trek ahead to Sara (3,600m). 
• Day 4: Trek from Sara to Markha (3,750m).
• Day 5: Trek from Markha to Thochungtsey (4,300m)
• Day 6: Trek from Thochungtsey to Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp (5,100m)
• Day 7: Rest & Training Day at the Base Camp. Today, we will check all our equipment and practice with our gear.
• Day 8: Ascend to summit Kang Yatse 2 (6,250m) and descend back to base camp.
• Day 9: Trek from Base Camp to Chokdo (3,900m) via Kongmaru La (5,200m) & drive to Leh.
• Day 10: Departure after breakfast. Fly back to your home city.
• Day 11: Buffer day

Detailed Itinerary of Kang Yatse II Expedition:

DAY 1:  Arrival in Leh & Hotel Transfer

Arrive in the captivating capital of Ladakh, Leh. Our team will warmly welcome you and transfer you to your hotel. Take this day to rest and acclimatize to the high altitude. Enjoy an evening walk around the local market, embracing the unique culture and vibrant ambience.

Day 2: Acclimatization Hike to Shanti Stupa and Leh Mountain (3,500m)

After a nourishing breakfast, embark on an acclimatization hike to Shanti Stupa, a serene Buddhist monument offering panoramic views of Leh. We will also hike to a nearby Leh mountain, further acclimatizing amidst breathtaking scenery.

Day 3: Drive to Skiu (3,400m) and Trek to Sara (3,600m)

After breakfast, you will begin a picturesque drive to Skiu, a charming village along the Markha River. Begin the trek to Sara, passing through charming hamlets and verdant landscapes. Set up camp at Sara and immerse yourself in the tranquillity of the mountains.

Day 4: Trek to Markha (3,750m)

Trek to Markha, where picturesque valleys and a quaint village await. Immerse yourself in local culture and unwind amidst the stunning surroundings. Overnight stay in tents at Markha.

Day 5: Trek to Thochungtsey (4,300m)

Today's trek leads to Thochungtsey, a pristine camping site surrounded by lush meadows and breathtaking vistas. As we ascend to higher altitudes, the landscapes transform, revealing the rugged beauty of the region.

Day 6: Trek to Kang Yastse II Base Camp (5,100m)

Prepare for an exhilarating day as we trek to the Base Camp of Kang Yatse 2, situated at an impressive elevation of 5,100 meters. Arrive at the Base Camp, and savour the sense of adventure.

Day 7: Rest & Training Day at the Base Camp

Today is dedicated to rest and training. Our experienced guides will provide training on using mountaineering gear and techniques, boosting our confidence for the ascent.

Day 8: Summit Kang Yatse 2 (6,250m) and Descend to Base Camp

The pinnacle of our expedition awaits as we summit Kang Yatse 2, standing at an awe-inspiring altitude of 6,250 meters. The climb is challenging, but the stunning views from the top are unparalleled.

Day 9: Trek to Chokdo (3,900m) via Kongmaru La (5,200m) & Drive to Leh

Descending further, trek to Chokdo, crossing Kongmaru La at 5,200 meters. Enjoy breathtaking vistas as we make our way back to Leh for a well-deserved rest.

Day 10: Departure - Fly Back

Bid farewell to Ladakh with cherished memories and a sense of accomplishment. Transfer to the airport for your onward journey.

Day 11: Buffer Day

A contingency day for any unforeseen circumstances, providing flexibility for a smooth and safe trekking experience.

Risk and Liability 

We will endeavour to make your program smooth and as pleasant as possible. However, the entire course of trekking depends on the ranges of the mighty mountains, physical health, and environmental conditions. Therefore, TrekNomads shall not be responsible for any changes in the itineraries due to unavoidable circumstance and natural disasters such as landslide, road blockage, flood, snowing, cancellation of flight and delay, any types of sickness including altitude sickness.

Fitness Criteria 

This trek requires a good level of fitness.

To register for this expedition you are required to complete a 5K run in under 35 minutes. Once you do register, please share the run details with our Trek Captain. 

If you're not already following a fitness regime, you would need to follow the regime that will be shared with you. The training routine is spread over four months and you would be expected to work out at least 4 times a week. The regime is designed to help you climb smarter even in higher altitudes. The regime consists of a good combination of exercises that works on all parts of your body including - Upper Body, Core, Endurance, Lower Body, Shoulder strength and along with streamlining your breathing pattern. When followed religiously, you can rest assured that you will be ready for the trek. Not only does this regime help you with the trek, but it will also help you inculcate a sense of fitness in your day-to-day life. 

Do’s and Don’ts:

• We believe in leaving the mountains in a better condition, which is why we follow a no-litter policy on our treks. Each trekker will have to bring back the waste that is created during the trek.
• Trekking is best enjoyed when you’ve worn comfortable clothes. Try and avoid wearing Jeans, bright colours and heavy apparel as much as possible.
• A lighter backpack always helps you have a better trek, try and carry just as much as needed.
• Always be in sight of your trek lead, if you feel the need to stop for any reason at all, please keep the trek lead informed.
• If you do come across any reptiles, animals or even insects during the trek, please keep your calm and let it patiently pass by. Any kind of noise and panic will scare them as well.
• Do not venture out into the forest/waterfalls on your own as it may be dangerous.
• Trekking is a good adventure, having said that, it is our primary responsibility to take good care of ourselves and be compassionate towards fellow trekkers
• If, at any point, during the trek, you feel uneasy or unwell, please inform the trek lead immediately
• Tune in to the sounds of nature while on a trek and avoid carrying speakers or playing music during the course of the trek
• To help you enjoy the trek to the fullest, we avoid smoking and consumption of alcohol, and other intoxicants during the course of the trek

What is included in the tour

• For Accommodation Hotel/Guest House/Homestay as per availability in Leh on sharing with Break-fast (Day 1,2 and 10)
• All meals on the trek (Starting Lunch on Day 3 to Dinner on Day 9)
• Transport from Leh to Road head and return 
• Camp setup during the trek
• Trek equipment: Sleeping bags, Foam Mattresses, Utensils, Ropes
• Tents: Trekkers tent (twin/triple sharing), Kitchen & Dining tent, Toilet tent
• 1 Mountaineering qualified & professional trek Leader
• Local Guide (Number of guides depending on the group size)
• 1 High Altitude chef & support staff
• Porters for carrying common equipment (like rations/tents/utensils/groceries)
• Basic First Aid Kit with a portable oxygen cylinder
• The facility of keeping extra luggage at Leh when leaving for the trek
• All government, local taxes and service charges
• TrekNomads Fee, Trek Captain support and expertise
• 15% discount coupon on Gokyo Trek Apparel and Gear
• ~15% discount on Fast&Up products
• 15% discount on BMore products 
• Personalised Hoodie and Cap
• TrekNomads goodies

What is NOT included in the tour

• The cost to reach Leh and back
• Single room occupancy at Leh
• Individual Tent & Porter (available at extra cost)
• Buffer day (if used, ₹3000 extra will be charged)
• Personal accident and travel insurance
• Medical, Emergency Rescue and Evacuation cost
• Personal trekking gear
• Tips for guide, chef, porter, etc
• Local sightseeing and monastery entrance fee, camera fee, etc
• Transportation is not on a disposal basis. It is strictly as per the program, any extra running will be charged extra. 
• Any other expenses incurred apart from inclusions
• All personal and medical expenses, emergency expenses like extra day stay or vehicle charges due to delays, natural calamities (landslides, floods), flight delays/rescheduling/cancellations, any accidents / medical evacuations, riots/strikes & etc. 

Other Details:

• Trek Gradient: Difficult
• Trek Distance: 70+ Km
• Assembling Point: Leh
• Trek Duration: 40+ hours
• Average Temperature: 25 to 5 degrees (during the day) and -5 to -25 degrees (during the night)
• Season: Early July - Early September
• Nearest Airport: : Leh Airport (Kushok Bakula Rimpochee Airport)
• Nearest ATM: Leh Airport and Market

FAQs for Kang Yatse II Expedition - TrekNomads 

Find answers to frequently asked questions about the Kang Yatse II trek with TrekNomads. Learn about mobile network availability, toilet facilities, food options, and charges for a seamless adventure in Ladakh.

Who is suitable for this expedition? A) Prior mountaineering experience is essential to climb Kang Yatse II. Climbers must have summited a 5000-meter peak, preferably a 6000-meter peak.

How challenging is this expedition? A) Kang Yatse II is a semi-technical moderate-level Himalayan expedition that requires good physical fitness, stamina, and endurance. Trekking for 5-6 hours per day, or even more during the summit push, is demanding.

Is this expedition suitable for beginners? A) No, this expedition is not suitable for beginners. Previous mountaineering or high-altitude trekking experience above 5000m is required.

What are the best months to visit Kang Yatse II? A) The best months to climb Kang Yatse II are July-September when the weather is favorable and snow conditions are good.

How is this different from a regular trek? A) Most days of the expedition will feel like a regular trek, except during the summit push when proper mountaineering gear is required, and the climbing starts in the middle of the night.

What should I pack for this expedition? A) You will need to pack basic clothing and accessories used on previous treks. Mountain gear required after the summit camp, such as Ice-axe, Snow boots, Crampons, Harness, etc., will be provided by us.

What type of accommodation will be provided during the trek? A) You will stay in a hotel for 2 days before the climb and 1 day at the end of the journey. On other days, you will stay in tents and camps on a Twin-sharing basis.

What will the temperatures be like during the trek? A) Mornings will be normal, but temperatures drop during the nights.

Will there be snow? A) Yes, you will encounter snow from Crampon Point onwards.

Who will lead the trek? A) There is a team of Professional guides, helpers & coordinators. Additionally, someone from TrekNomads' internal staff will also lead the trek.

What gear will we use? Is it easy to use for the first time? A) You will not require typical mountaineering gear till the base camp. However, from the summit camp, you will need gear such as snow boots, crampons, ice-axe, harnesses, ropes, helmets, etc. You will receive adequate training, and supervision will be available during the climb.

Will I have to carry my bags the whole time? A) Baggage will be sent on Mules till the final camp, so you won't have to carry your bags during the trek.

What is the success ratio for the summit attempt? A) The success ratio for the summit attempt is 60-70%.

What fitness level is required? A) You should be ideally fit, without any physical injury, illness, or overweight issues. You should be able to walk for 6-8 hours easily.

How can I prepare for this expedition? A) Start preparing at least 1.5-2 months prior to the kick-off date. Include exercises such as jogging/running for 5 km in 30-35 mins, climbing 30-40 steps in one stretch for 3 sets, 10 x 3 push-ups, 15 x 2 sets of lunges and squats, and planks in your fitness regime.

Is transportation included? Where will you pick us up and drop us off? A) Transportation from LEH airport to the trek starting point and back will be provided by us.

Is a mobile network available during the trek? A) While trekking, your mobile network will be unavailable for approximately 7 days, except for a short period of time at the top of the summit where you may get network coverage.

What are the toilet facilities during the trek? A) Toilet tents will be arranged at all the campsites for your convenience.

What kind of food is available during the trek? A) Throughout the journey, a variety of highly nutritious vegetarian and non-vegetarian food options will be provided.

Are there any additional charges for other things? A) TrekNomads does not have any hidden costs. Everything required and mentioned in the brochure, from your arrival in Leh to bidding you farewell, will be provided without any additional charges.

Loading the map...

• CONNECT WITH US
• TREKNICAL DETAILS

Recognitions

OTHER POPULAR TOURS

Valley of Flowers Trek and Hemkund Sahib [Premium]

Everest Base Camp Trek [Premium]

Kashmir Great Lakes Trek [Premium]

OTHER ACTIVITIES

• Testimonials
• Customized Private Treks
• Corporate Outings
• Cancellation Policy

Online booking system by Vacation Labs | © 2024 TrekNomads

Moderate to Difficult

Highest Altitude

July, Aug, Sept to mid Oct

Kang Yatse 2 Trek

Kang Yatse 2 Trek is located in Markha Valley, Ladakh region of Jammu and Kashmir. Kang Yatse 2 peak is at an altitude of 20,570 feet, the trek is a little tricky, and prior experience is needed. The total distance to the trek is approx. 80 kilometres. Kang Yatse 2 peak is less known as Stok Kangri, one of the twins. Kang Yatse 2 lies in the Hemis National Park, a wildlife sanctuary. If you are lucky, you could catch sight of argali, mountain deer and snow leopards, etc., which can be found on the trail. The trail will pass through various small villages which follow the Ladakh culture. You can experience their tradition by exploring cultural heritage sites, monasteries and gompas. The natural vistas you would endure are grasslands, waterfalls, rivers, and giant mountains.

Kang Yatse II is a lesser-known but captivating alternative to the famous Stok Kangri peak, offering a unique challenge to adventurers. Both peaks stand at over 6000 meters and present a similar difficulty level. However, Kang Yatse II stands out with its additional 320 feet of height over Stok Kangri and is regarded as the most accessible 6000-meter summit.

The 11-day itinerary involves conquering a peak and immersing oneself in the rich Ladakhi culture. Located in the renowned Markha Valley, the trek to Kang Yatse II provides a dual experience of adventure and cultural exploration. Beginning in Leh, trekkers can explore cultural sites such as monasteries and gompas during the initial days of acclimatization. The route passes through small villages, offering insights into the Ladakhi culture and providing accommodations in teahouses and traditional homestays, enhancing the cultural experience. The trek showcases diverse landscapes, from arid terrain to lush grazing fields, meandering streams, and the lively Markha River.

The trail leads into Hemis National Park, a wildlife sanctuary where trekkers may encounter various wildlife species. The trek culminates with a challenging yet rewarding summit climb characterized by moraines and loose rocks, offering breathtaking views of the Karakoram and Zanskar ranges from the peak.

For adventurers seeking a less crowded alternative to Stok Kangri, Kang Yatse II is an ideal choice. However, this trek is physically and mentally demanding, requiring high levels of preparation, physical fitness, and mental stamina. It is best suited for seasoned adventurers who are thoroughly equipped to handle the challenges of high-altitude trekking.

• Stay will be on a twin-sharing basis in tents
• Inclusions & Exclusions
• Food Provided Trekup India
• Safety With Trekup India

Call Our Mountain Experts

[email protected]

Fix Diparture Dates

Kang yatse 2 trek videos.

Videos by experts watch these videos to prepare well for a Successful Trek

Want To Trek Like Pro?

Check out the following videos if you want to trek like a pro trekker and improve your skills. These videos contain helpful tips, tricks, and techniques to help you trek like a pro. Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced trekker, these videos can provide valuable insights to enhance your trekking experience. So, watch the videos below by Trekup India experts to take your trekking skills to the next level.

Know Everything About Acute Mountain Sickness

Acute Mountain Sickness is a medical condition that can occur when individuals travel to high altitudes, typically above 8,000 feet. It is caused by the decrease in air pressure and oxygen levels in the air as altitude increases. Symptoms of Acute Mountain Sickness may include headache, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, and difficulty sleeping. To avoid Acute Mountain Sickness, it is important to gradually adjust to high altitudes and seek medical attention if symptoms worsen. To learn more about this condition, check out the videos by Trekup India.

Day Wise Detailed Itinerary of Kang Yatse 2 Trek

Day 1: coming to leh.

• Stay –  overnight stay at the campsite
• Meal –  Lunch and Dinner.
• Altitude –  Leh (11,500 ft / 3500 meters)

On the first day of your trip, you will arrive in Leh via road, train or flight. You will take this day to let your body acclimate to the high altitude. The network is available in Leh, and you can walk or learn about the region’s culture and tradition.

Day 2: Rest Day at Leh

Another day is used for getting your body accustomed to low temperatures and less oxygen at height. Along with the thrill of the trip and the surreal scenery, Leh is well known for its temples, monasteries, and palaces. Let’s Cafes provide a space to hang out and enjoy the luxurious facilities offered by the hotel.

Day 3: Leh to Chilling by Road, Chilling to Skiu by Trek

• Meal –  Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner
• Distance –  Leh to Chilling by Road (65 km), Chilling to Skiu by Trek (9 km)
• Time Taken –  Leh to Chilling by Road (approx. 3 hrs), Chilling to Skiu by Trek (approx. 5 hrs)
• Altitude –  Leh (11,500 ft / 3500 meter), Chilling (10,978 ft / 3346 meters), Skiu (11,500 ft / 3500 meters)
• Altitude difference –  Leh to Chiling (522 ft / 154 meters), Chilling to Skiu (522 ft / 154 meters)
• Trek grade –  From Chilling to Skiu (Gradual to Moderate)

On the first day of trekking, enjoy your day with a delicious breakfast at the Leh Hotel. The trip will begin with rugged barren mountains, and you will pass through Spituk Monastery and Gurudwara Pathar Sahib. There is also the sight of Magnetic hills, Zanskar and Indus rivers. As you reach Chilling campsite, you will begin your trek ascending through Zingchen Gorge. You will cross two rivers, one at Kaya Do and the river Indus. After crossing, you will reach the first camping site, Skiu.

Day 4: Skiu to Markha by Trek

• Trek Distance –  16 km
• Time Taken –  approx. 8 hrs
• Altitude –  Skiu (11,500 ft / 3500 meter), Markha (12,150 ft / 3703 meters)
• Altitude gain –  650 ft / 203 meter
• Trek grade –  Gradual to Moderate

The morning will begin with a hot tea and warm breakfast, with a picturesque view at the campsite as you will be around a field of barley with mountains around. Today you will be taking in the scenic of Markha Valley with four other villages. Today will be a long day of trekking as you will be covering a distance of approx. 16 kilometres. You will be trekking through a slowly ascending trail, passing through village after village till you reach Markha Valley, the largest village in the area, as it houses more than 40 houses. Markha Valley is an ancient village with ruins of a fort and monasteries built in the 1800s.

Day 5: Markha to Thochungtse by Trek

• Stay –  overnight stay at the campsite.
• Trek Distance –  10 km
• Time Taken –  approx. 7 hrs
• Altitude –  Markha (12,150 ft / 3703 mtr), Thochungtse (13,000 ft / 3962 mtr)
• Altitude gain –  850 ft / 259 meter
• Trek grade –  Gradual

Today’s trek will begin with a healthy breakfast in the morning, and the trek will be easy today. You will cross streams of the Markha River several times, which will be refreshing. As the trek progresses, you will first cross through Umlung village. After crossing Umlung village, the peaks of Kang Yatse will come into view; the next village you will pass through is Hankar village, after which lies your camping site with beautiful meadows around. Hankar village is the largest village in the Markha Valley region; you will be reaching the campsite at Thochungtse.

Day 6: Thochungtse to Nimaling by Trek

• Trek Distance –  14 km
• Altitude –  Thochungtse (13,000 ft / 3962 mtr), Nimaling (15,750 ft / 4800 mtr)
• Altitude gain –  2750 ft / 838 meter

This morning you will be trekking to a great height with magnificent views upon reaching the top. The trek will be a gradual climb. On the way, you will see Kang Yatse Peak reflecting on the twin Tigu lakes. On the lush grasslands at Nimaling, you will see mountain goats, rabbits, and sheep grazing.

Day 7: Nimaling to Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp

• Trek Distance –  3 km
• Time Taken –  approx. 3 hrs
• Altitude –  Nimaling (15,750 ft / 4800 meters), Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp (16,700 ft / 5090 meters)
• Altitude gain –  950 ft / 290 meter

On this day, you will have reached very close to Kang Yatse 2, the trek today will be short, but you will be walking through loose rocks. In the second half, you will descend to the base camp. Upon reaching, you will use this day to get your body acclimatized.

Day 8: Rest Day at Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp

• Altitude –  Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp (16,700 ft / 5090 meters)

Today you need to take ample rest and let your body get accustomed to high altitude. Also, it would help if you prepared yourself by preparing your body and practising the use of the specialized tools which you will be using on the trek. After dinner, you should rest correctly so your body is fully prepared for the next trek.

Day 9: Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp to Summit and Summit to Base Camp trek

• Trek Distance –  5 km from Base Camp to Summit and then from Summit to Base Camp 5 km.
• Time Taken –  approx. 13 hrs
• Altitude –  Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp (16,700 ft / 5090 meters), Kang Yatse 2 Summit (20,570 ft / 6270 meters)
• Altitude gain –  3870 ft / 1180 meter
• Trek grade –  Difficult

This is the primary day as you will be trekking through a challenging trek to reach Kang Yatse 2 Summit. You will begin the trek from Kang Yatse 2 shoulders; you should be careful as you walk past Moraine and loose scree. You will use snow gear as you walk through the snow. After climbing uphill, you will see the Karakoram peaks and the Zanskar range around Kang Yatse 2. You will also catch the sight of the K2 peak (the second-highest peak in the world); once you reach the top, you will be thrilled at the sight of the peak. After enjoying the way, you need to return the same way as coming to the base camp.

Day 10: Buffer Day

This day is not a compulsion but can be used in uncircumstantial situations, such as bad weather. The cost incursion obtained on this day will be barred by the clients whether it’s staying or meals.

Day 11: Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp to Chokdo trek via Kongmaru La and Chokdo to Leh by Road

• Stay –  No Stay
• Meal –  Lunch
• Distance –  Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp to Chokdo trek via Kongmaru La (16 km), Chokdo to Leh by Road (60 km)
• Time Taken –  Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp to Chokdo trek via Kongmaru La (approx. 8 hrs), Chokdo to Leh by Road (approx. 2 hrs)
• Altitude –  Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp (16,700 ft / 5090 meter), Kongmaru La (17,150 ft / 5227 meter), Chokdo (12,150 ft / 3703 meter), Leh (11,500 ft / 3500 meter)
• Altitude gain –  Kang Yatse 2 Base Camp to Kongmaru La (450 ft / 137 meters), Kongmaru La to Chokdo (5000 ft / 1524 meters), Chokdo to Leh (650 ft / 203 meters)

You will be enjoying the view of the snow-covered peaks last time on the trek and crossing through the highest Kongmaru La pass. When you descend the hill, you will see a lot of prayer flags by the locals. You will be experiencing a change of scenic views as you pass through Ladakh and the Indus Valley range. After walking for a long while, you will soon reach the last camping site, and from there, you will be going by road. Once you reach Leh, the Trekup India Team will bid you farewell, and you will be on your own, where you can proceed to go down or explore the nearby area of Leh.

Kang Yatse 2 Trek Route Map

We’ve prepared a comprehensive Trek Route Map for your upcoming adventure to  Kang Yatse 2 Trek , which outlines the entire journey  including  all stops and trails. This map provides detailed information on the terrain, distance between points of interest, and estimated travel time to help ensure a safe and enjoyable trek. We’ve carefully curated the map to ensure that you have all the necessary information at your fingertips. Please take a moment to review it thoroughly, and don’t hesitate to reach out if you have any questions or concerns.

Kang Yatse 2 Trek Altitude Chart

The Trek Altitude Chart is a  useful  tool for Trekkers to monitor their altitude changes during their rides, allowing them to plan their routes more efficiently and track their progress over time. This Kang Yatse 2 Trek chart  is beneficial for both  casual and experienced Trekkers, helping them make the most out of their Trek experience.

Trek Cost Inclusions

• Stay: 9  Nights of tented accommodation at individual campsites of Trekup India on twin sharing.
• Meals:  Trekup India will provide freshly cooked meals during the trek starting with Dinner on Day 1 to  tea, coffee on day 10 (Meals are simple, nutritious, and vegetarian)  
• Transport: include from leh to leh.
• Trek Insurance (Optional):  Trekup India recommends that all trekkers consider getting trek insurance. This is optional, but highly recommended. Trek insurance covers unexpected events that may occur during your trek. The cost of the insurance starts from INR 210. Please read more about  what is included in the coverage and why it is mandatory on treks.
• Trek Equipment:   Sleeping bag, Sleeping tents, Kitchen tent, Dining tent, Toilet Tent.
• Amenities:  All utensils, sleeping mattresses (Black foam mats), Crampons, and Gaiters for snow.      
• Health & Safety:   First Aid Box, Oxygen Cylinders, Stretchers, Oxi meters, BP Machines, health.
• Permits:  Forest Permits and Camping Permission Fee  
• Trek Crew:  High Altitude Chef, Helpers, Trek Leader & Guides, and other support teams.
• Potters & Mules:  Potters and Mules are to carry all trekking equipment, ration, and vegetables.

Trek Cost Exclusions

• GST 5% (it is Mandatory)
• Any Meals/accommodation beside the itinerary or not mentioned in the program.
• Any Bus / Airfare to/from trek start/end point 
• Personal Medical expenses do carry your medication. 
• Any personal services such as Laundry, phone calls, liquors, mineral water, etc.
• Any still / video camera fee 
• Any Entrance fee Monuments, Monasteries, Museums, Temples – Pay directly on the spot. 
• Mules or porter charges to carry private baggage (Offload Charges for bag 365 per day, per bag if paid online (at base camp 2,550). Note: Bag weight should not be more than 10 kg.
• Any emergency evacuation charges
• Any services that are not mentioned in the cost inclusion section.

What should you pack for the Kang Yatse 2 Trek

Kang Yatse 2 Trek  is a high-altitude trek. The trekking gear you have to have for this particular trek differs from normal treks. Thus, read this whole segment. There is an important question that the trekker who is doing trek asks, like what all things to carry while trekking. Below, we have provided the details on everything you should take; an easy way to remember is by Head to foot or foot to head. We have prepared from Head to foot.

When trekking it's important to carry headgear to protect your head and face.

Heading  out for a trek? Don’t forget to carry headgear to protect your beautiful face and head from the sun, wind, and dust! It’s an essential accessory that keeps you safe and comfortable throughout your adventurous journey. So, make sure you pack it before you step out into nature!

• Head Lamps  –  When trekking at night, headlamps are essential to illuminate your path while keeping your hands free. Headlamps come in different sizes and lumens, so it is essential to choose one that suits your needs.
• Hats or Cap  –  Caps or hats are also necessary when trekking in different weather conditions. Caps protect your head from the wind and freezing temperatures at night, while hats provide shade and protection from the sun during the day. It’s essential to ensure that your hat has a strap to prevent it from being blown away by the wind.
• Sunglasses  –  Sunglasses are also essential for trekking. Your sunglasses should protect your eyes from harmful UV rays and fit your face perfectly to avoid falling off while climbing, jumping, or crossing obstacles. The glass of your sunglasses should also be designed for different weather conditions to provide optimal visibility.
• Buff / Balaclava  –  Lastly, a buff or balaclava is a must-have to protect your mouth or neck from extreme temperatures and keep them warm. Buffs and balaclavas come in different materials, thicknesses, and designs, so it’s important to choose one that suits your needs and preferences. Depending on the weather conditions and your activities, you can wear them as neck warmers, face masks, or headbands.

When trekking in high altitudes, prepare for cold weather by wearing layers. Layering traps heat, keeps you warm, and allows you to easily adjust your clothing as temperatures fluctuate.

Layering is important for different seasons when trekking. When planning a high-altitude trek, it is important to prepare for the cold weather. Wearing layers is the best approach as it provides both protection and flexibility when the weather changes frequently in the mountains. Layering helps to trap heat and keep your body warm, while at the same time allowing you to easily adjust your clothing as the temperature fluctuates. By wearing layers, you can enjoy your trek comfortably and stay safe in the unpredictable mountain weather

• For spring, summer, and monsoon treks , consider wearing three layers: a woollen sweater, a fleece, and a padded jacket.
• For  autumn treks , add one more fleece layer to make it four layers.
• For  winter treks , you may need five layers with thermals, a woollen sweater, two fleeces, and a padded jacket.
• T-shirt/sleeve shirt – Bring three T-shirts and two quick-dry trek pants, wearing one and carrying the others. Long sleeve shirts help to protect from sun UV rays. We recommend synthetic T-shirts as they get dry quickly when they get wet.
• Hiking / Trekking Jacket – down jackets (-5 to-10 C) or two-three-layer jackets.
• Thermals – at least two pairs of thermals help keep the body warm during cold weather.
• Undergarments – you can carry them according to your habitual and hygiene requirements.
• Gloves – 1 pair of gloves will keep your hand warm and nice.
• Trek Pants – Bring 2 to 3 comfortable trekking pants. Trekking pants play a significant role, as they are designed for comfort and mobility, making trekking easier. It should be Synthetic so that it gets dry quickly when wet.
• Rain Wear – you can carry a raincoat or Poncho. During long rains and snowfalls, the waterproof jackets start leaking. Still, the Poncho and raincoats keep you dry, so choose accordingly.

Tip:  If you choose a raincoat on your trek, carry a small waterproof cover so things inside your backpack can’t get wet. If you carry a Poncho, you don’t need to worry. It protects both you and your backpack.

When it comes to planning a trek, one of the most important aspects is to ensure that you have the right kind of foot gear.

• Trekking shoes  which are waterproof and have ankle support. Walking / Hiking sandals which can be used off the trek, i.e., in the morning and evening hours when you reach the campsite, basically to get your feet rest from heavy boots, sometimes used for crossing streams and rivers, it’s more comfortable and safer than crossing barefoot or wetting your shoes. Sneakers (Optional) can be worn for normal driving days or used around the camp.
• Socks – you should at least carry 3 to 4 pairs.
• Microspikes & Gaitors will be provided by Trekup India when required. You don’t have to carry them.

Personal First Aid Kit

Don't forget to pack your personal first aid kit! It's always better to be safe. So, make sure you're prepared for any unforeseen circumstances.

Below are some common medicines generally required/used during your adventure trip; however, please consult your doctors prior.

• Antiseptic towel or water syringe (to clean the wound)
• Butterfly bandage for a small cut
• Cotton and elastic bandages and sterile gauze pad for larger wounds
• Latex gloves are used when the wound bleeds.
• Medicine for Diarrhea (Upset stomach)
• Medicine for cold, flue/fever, headache
• Some pain killers
• ORS pouches
• Quick pain relief spray (External use)
• Any personal medicine prescribed by your doctor
• Dimox / Similar for high altitude sickness
• Bug Repellent
• Carry some nutria/energy bars and drinks (non-alcoholic)
• Note: Kindly consult your doctor before purchasing or taking any medicine.

Gadgets and Other Items

You might also consider bringing a camera, binoculars, portable charger, and snacks. Be well-prepared and tackle any trail with confidence.

• Trekking Poles
• Mobile phone
• Spare batteries for phone and camera, power bank
• Lightweight flashlight or headlight
• A waterproof bag made of plastic is used for the camera.
• Plug/converter for electrical items
• 1-litre water bottle
• A journal with a pen would be a good idea to keep your notes.
• Some book of your interest for the ideal time
• Get into the habit of maintaining a Map and guidebook of the region.

Hygiene & Personal toiletry

Remember to pack hygiene and personal toiletry items such as soap, shampoo, toothbrush, toothpaste, deodorant, and toilet paper.

• Sunscreen with UV protection to shield your skin from harmful rays
• 1 or 2 small quick-drying towels to help you dry off quickly in case of rain or sweat
• Toilet paper, tissues or wet wipes for maintaining hygiene while on the trek
• Toothbrush, toothpaste, and mouth freshener to keep your mouth clean and fresh throughout the journey
• Deodorant or talcum powder to help you stay fresh and odor-free, especially during hot and humid climates
• Shampoo to keep your hair clean and healthy
• Sanitary pads or tampons (for female trekkers) to manage menstrual cycles
• Lip-gloss or salve to protect your lips from dryness and chapping
• Bio-degradable soap to keep yourself clean and hygienic while on the trek
• Nail clipper and other personal items that you use daily

Compulsory Documents to Carry

There are certain documents that you should always carry with you. These documents are not only necessary for your safety and security, but they may also be required by local authorities.

These files must be submitted to the Forest Department before your trek. With none of these, you will not be permitted to trek—original and photocopy of government photo identity card. Carry IDs like Aadhaar, voter ID, etc.

How To Plan Your Trek & Reach Leh?

Leh is the largest town in the Ladakh region of India, in the northernmost state of Jammu and Kashmir. It is a popular destination among adventure seekers and nature enthusiasts. Here are a few ways to reach Leh:

By Air:  The easiest and fastest way to reach Leh is by air. Leh’s airport is Kushok Bakula Rimpochee Airport, which is well-connected to major cities like Delhi, Mumbai, and Srinagar.

By Road:  Leh is connected to the rest of the country via two major roads – the Leh-Manali Highway and the Leh-Srinagar Highway. These roads remain closed during the winter months due to heavy snowfall. You can hire a taxi or bus from Manali or Srinagar to reach Leh.

By Train:  The nearest railway station to Leh is Jammu Tawi Railway Station, about 700 km away. From there, you can take a taxi or bus to reach Leh.

By Bike:  Adventure enthusiasts often ride bikes to Leh. The journey is quite scenic, but the roads can be challenging due to the high altitude and rough terrain.

Kang Yatse 2 Trek Photos

Fitness required & preparation guide for kang yatse 2 trek.

If you’re preparing for a Kang Yatse 2 Trek, Trekup India recommends jogging as part of your fitness routine. Jogging helps work out the same muscle groups that you’ll use during trekking and can help you build endurance. You don’t need any special equipment to get started.

Fitness Target

Trekup India has put the Kang Yatse 2 Trek into an easy-to-moderate-grade-level trek. 

For Difficult – Challenging Treks –  In order to be well-prepared for your upcoming trek, it is recommended that you focus on building your endurance by aiming to cover a distance of 5.5 kilometers in less than 40 minutes. This will help you to develop the necessary stamina and strength required to successfully complete your journey.

How to Achieve This Fitness Target?

To start preparing for your trek:

• Try jogging for at least five days every week.
• If you find 5 km too difficult at first, begin with 2 km and gradually increase over 2-3 weeks.
• Once you feel more comfortable running 5 km, focus on improving your speed gradually on a daily basis.

It is important to ensure that you can consistently complete 4.5 km in under 40 minutes for at least two weeks before your planned trek. Allow yourself 6-8 weeks to prepare physically for the journey.

Strength Training exercises that benefit  Trekking

Trekking is an activity that demands a good level of strength.

Trekking is a demanding activity that requires good cardiovascular endurance, muscular strength, and overall fitness. To help you prepare for your trek, incorporating bodyweight exercises into your training routine can be an effective way to build strength, improve stability, and enhance endurance, all of which are crucial for a successful trek. In this regard, here’s a breakdown of body weight exercises categorized by the specific body parts they target and the benefits they offer during trekking.

1. Lower Body Exercises

Lower body exercises like squats and lunges are great for building lower body strength, essential for trekking.

Squats are an excellent exercise for building lower body strength, essential for trekking. They target the quadriceps, hamstrings, glutes, and calves. Solid quadriceps and glutes provide power for ascending and tackling uphill climbs, while vital hamstrings aid stability during descents. This is particularly helpful in navigating uneven terrain during trekking. 

How to perform Squats Exercises:

• Stand with feet shoulder-width apart, toes pointing slightly outward.
• Lower your body by bending your knees and hips, keeping your back straight.
• Lower until your thighs are parallel to the ground or as low as comfortable.
• Push through your heels to return to the starting position.

Lunges target the quadriceps, hamstrings, glutes, and calves. They improve lower body strength, balance, and stability, crucial for maintaining control on rocky trails and steep slopes. Additionally, they enhance flexibility, reducing the risk of injury while trekking. 

How to Perform  Lunge Exercises:

• Stand with feet hip-width apart, hands on hips or sides.
• Take a step forward with one foot, lowering your body until both knees are bent at 90-degree angles.
• Push through the heel of your front foot to return to the starting position.
• Repeat on the other side, alternating legs.

2. Upper Body Exercises

Upper body exercises such as push-ups and pull-ups effectively strengthen the upper body, especially the chest and shoulders, which are essential for carrying a backpack during treks.

a. Push-Ups

Targets: Chest, shoulders, triceps, and core.

Benefits for Trekking:  Push-ups are an effective exercise to strengthen the upper body, especially the chest and shoulders, essential for carrying a backpack during treks. Improved upper body strength will also help maintain posture and stability while traversing challenging terrain.

How to Perform Push-Ups Exercises:

• Start in a plank position with hands shoulder-width apart and body in a straight line from head to heels.
• Lower your body by bending your elbows until your chest nearly touches the ground.
• Push through your palms to return to the starting position.
• Keep your core engaged throughout the movement.

b. Pull-Ups/Bodyweight Rows:

Targeting the back, biceps, and shoulders can significantly benefit trekking. You can strengthen these muscle groups by performing pull-ups or bodyweight rows and improve your posture and balance while carrying a backpack. Additionally, more muscular back muscles can help reduce the risk of back strain and fatigue during long treks, making your journey safer and more comfortable.

3. Core Exercises

Core exercises like planks and Russian twists can help strengthen the core muscles, which are crucial for maintaining stability and balance while trekking on uneven terrain. 

Targets: Abdominals, obliques, and lower back.

Benefits for Trekking:  Planks are an effective exercise that helps strengthen the core muscles. These muscles are crucial for maintaining stability and balance while trekking on uneven terrain. A strong core also helps improve posture, reducing the risk of back pain and fatigue during extended hikes.

How to Perform Planks Exercises:

• Start in a plank position with elbows directly under shoulders and body in a straight line from head to heels.
• Engage your core and hold the position, avoiding sagging or arching the back.
• Keep breathing steadily and hold for the desired duration.

b. Russian Twists

Targets:  Obliques, abdominals, and lower back.

Benefits for Trekking:  Russian twists engage the core muscles, particularly the obliques, improving rotational stability and balance. Enhanced core strength helps prevent injuries and improves overall performance during trekking.

How to Perform Russian Twist Exercises:

• Sit on the ground with knees bent and feet flat, leaning back slightly to engage the core.
• Clasp hands together and twist the torso to one side, bringing the hands towards the ground beside the hip.
• Return to the centre, then twist to the other side.
• Continue alternating sides for the desired number of repetitions.

4. Full Body/Cardiovascular Exercises

Full-body/cardiovascular exercises like burpees and mountain climbers are excellent for improving cardiovascular endurance, strength, and agility. 

Burpees are an excellent full-body exercise that targets your legs, chest, arms, and core. This exercise dramatically benefits trekking enthusiasts, improving cardiovascular endurance, strength, and agility. Regularly incorporating burpees into your workout routine can enhance your overall fitness level, which can help you endure long hikes and rugged terrains with ease.

How to Perform Burpees Exercises:

• Start in a standing position.
• Squat down and place hands on the ground.
• Jump feet back into a plank position.
• Perform a push-up.
• Jump feet back to the squat position.
• Explosively jump up into the air, reaching overhead.
• Land softly and repeat the sequence.

b. Mountain Climbers

Mountain climbers target the core, shoulders, chest, and legs. This dynamic, full-body exercise can significantly improve cardiovascular endurance and agility. It is an excellent functional workout for trekking preparation as it engages both the upper and lower body muscles while strengthening the core muscles.

How to Perform Mountain Climbers Exercises:

• Drive one knee towards the chest, then quickly switch legs, alternating in a running motion.
• Keep the core engaged and the hips stable throughout the movement.
• Continue at a moderate to fast pace for the desired duration.

Incorporating bodyweight exercises into your training routine can help you build strength and endurance and prepare your body for the physical demands of trekking. Consistency and proper form are crucial to maximizing the benefits of these exercises and ensuring a safe and enjoyable trekking experience. Engaging your core muscles, including obliques, abdominals, and lower back, with Russian twists can improve your rotational stability and balance, preventing injuries and enhancing overall performance during trekking.

When incorporating strength training exercises into your workout routine, it’s essential to maintain proper form and technique to avoid injury. Start with lighter weights and gradually increase the intensity as you progress, focusing on compound exercises targeting multiple muscle groups simultaneously. Some examples of practical strength training exercises for trekking include squats, lunges, deadlifts, and pull-ups.

Remember to give your muscles time to recover between workouts, and remember to stretch before and after your workouts to prevent injury and improve flexibility. Combining strength training with jogging and proper stretching allows you to take your fitness to the next level and confidently tackle even the most challenging treks.

Our Trekkers Reviews And Expreinces

Food provided by us during trek.

We provide only Indian vegetarian food, and your meal will mainly consist of Indian bread, vegetables, lentils, rice, and a delicious dessert. During your trek, we will serve three meals a day, including breakfast, lunch, and dinner. You will also be served tea, snacks, and lip-smacking soup in the evening before dinner. If it is a long day of trekking, you will be given a packed snack.

After extensive research on the trekkers’ nutritional requirements, we prepare the menu. Before putting all the meals together, we also consider the altitude and the weather.

The meal we serve during the trek is perfectly balanced with calories, carbohydrates, vitamins, protein, fibre, and minerals. You need to know that all our cooks have great expertise in cooking and have undergone thorough training. So, get ready to enjoy delectable and lip-smacking dishes during your trek. You will be served with lemon tea in the tent to start your day with a refreshed feeling. Before leaving the campsite for trekking, you will be given a hot finger-licking breakfast like upma, Aallu Prantha, Besan Chilla, Poha, Daliya,  Corn flakes, and   Maggie, along with tea or coffee.

If your trek is longer, we also offer some fresh local fruits such as apples and healthy drinks like Frootie or Maaza. In the afternoon, you will be served a simple & healthy lunch, while at around 04:00 pm, you will be given tea and a light evening breakfast. After you reach your campsite at night, you will be served a hot and delightful dinner. 

After reading this, you must have understood the food we provided on the trek; you don’t need to worry about food. Many trekkers repeatedly trek with us because of the food we provide. Thus, we will give you unforgettable experiences.

Safety During Kang Yatse 2 Trek

Trekking with us for the Kang Yatse 2 Trek is entirely safe because we have a team of trek leaders qualified in Wilderness first-aid and complete information about the high-altitude glitches. During the trek, we carry a full first-aid kit that contains all the essential medicines. Before trekking with us, you must ensure that you are medically fit for the trek; for us, your medical fitness is more important than anything else.

Right from our establishment, we at Trekup India have been continuously introducing new safety practices into Indian trekking to ensure the safety of voyagers. Trekup India introduced microspikes and made emergency bottled oxygen mandatory for all treks. Our trek leaders take your daily Pulse oximeter reading. We at Trekup India introduced the radio walkie-talkie as a safety communication device.

How can we ensure that your trek is safe with us?

We have noticed that most trek-organizing organizations do not follow these systems, but with time, they are following us; several competing companies are adopting these practices and organizing great, safe treks.

We ensure complete technical safety in the mountain. Our company has a vast team of more than 100 guides and trek leaders who serve on Himalayan treks. One of the best things about our team is that all the members are trained professionally by the Nehru Institute of Mountaineering, Indian Mountaineering Foundation Delhi, and Hanifle Center Outdoor Education Mussoorie.

Explore our New Safety Protocols

To ensure a perfect Trek, we have introduced some new safety checks to ensure excellent safety for our trekkers. 

Our On-trek safety checks include:

• Daily oxygen saturation, along with pulse readings
• Stretchers team appointed on every trek
• Trained mountain staff and complete safety
• Additional oxygen cylinders
• Special medical kit for high-altitude treks
• Microspikes on all types of snow treks
• Experienced Trek leaders, as well as safety
• Technical team on all snowy slopes

For Us, Your Safety Is the Top Priority

At Trekup India, you will find a team with local knowledge and fluency in English and Hindi. This helps ensure that you have a fantastic trek. Not only this, but we also pay attention to your health and safety because this is something we cannot ignore. All the team leaders involved in trekking have already undergone several professional courses in first aid, portable altitude chamber training, CPR, environmental awareness training, and advanced wilderness emergency medicine.

We also carry a complete first aid medical kit on every trek and trip we organize. Apart from the medical kit, we take a portable altitude chamber (if needed) and medical oxygen for all high-altitude treks. Our company has significant expertise in organizing all sorts of group adventure holidays for family groups, school and college groups, and friend groups. We have many travel options that suit different fitness levels and travelling styles.

Regardless of the group size, we value each and every member of our trekking groups. Our commitment to personal attention ensures that your needs and safety are always our top priority.

Who we are?

Trekup India has been a stalwart in the Adventure Tourism industry for 30 years. Since our inception, we have been dedicated to providing top-notch treks, voyages, trekking programs, and high-altitude expeditions. Our extensive experience is a testament to our commitment to your adventure and safety.

We organize treks in Uttarakhand, Kashmir, Sikkim, and Himachal while being part of the trekking community; we feature more than 75 documented Himalayan treks. In addition to other outdoor activities, our company also organizes trips for schools, colleges, and families. 

Therefore, we maintain the quality of services offered to our valuable customers.

Must Read These Information Of Kang Yatse 2 Trek

Why you should do kang yatse 2 trek.

The view will be mesmerisingly breathtaking at the top of the peak. Below we are providing a few of the sights you will witness.

1. You will find 360 degrees views of the Karakoram peaks, Zanskar range and surrounding mountains.

At the top, you can see the peaks of various mountains, like Karakoram, Zanskar range and others. Also, catching sight of Stok Kangri.

2. Rising high is the K2 peak (the world’s second-highest peak).

K2 Peak is one of the most picturesque sights in the world, and its view dumbfounds you.

3. At Hemis National Park, mountain deer, snow leopards, argali, and other animals might be seen.

On the trail, you might see snow leopards, argali and mountain deer at the wildlife sanctuary.

4. Visit religious places like Thiksey Monastery, Thiksey Gompa and Shey Palace at Leh.

Upon reaching Leh, you will visit Buddhist historical places like Thiksey Monastery, Shey Palace and Thiksey Gompa on the acclimatization day.

Best time to do Kang Yatse 2 Trek

The ideal time to do Kang Yatse 2 Trek is in two seasons: the monsoon between July and August and the autumn season between September and November. You would be able to see colourful wildflowers blooming. You will be walking in the snow, so practice with the equipment. The ideal time is between July and September. However, if you are a professional and have experience walking on snow, you can participate in September, October, and November.

How Difficult is the Kang Yatse 2 Trek

The Kang Yatse 2 trek is located in the Indian Himalayas in the Ladakh region and is considered a moderately complex trek. Several factors contribute to its difficulty:

Altitude:  The trek reaches around 6,250 meters (20,505 feet), which can lead to altitude sickness. Proper acclimatization is crucial to avoid Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS).

Terrain:  The trek involves diverse terrain, including rocky paths, snowfields, and scree slopes. The ascent to the summit includes technical sections that may require basic mountaineering skills and equipment like crampons and ice axes.

Weather Conditions:  High altitudes can be unpredictable, with potential for snow, high winds, and extreme cold, especially near the summit.

Physical Fitness:  Trekkers need a good level of physical fitness, endurance, and strength to handle long walking days, steep ascents, and challenging conditions. Prior experience with high-altitude trekking or mountaineering is beneficial.

Duration:  The trek typically takes around 10-12 days, including days for acclimatization and summit attempts, which can be physically and mentally demanding.

Support and Resources:  While some experienced trekkers may attempt this trek independently due to its technical and high-altitude nature, they are generally recommended to go with a guided group. Guides provide support, safety, and logistics management.

Key Considerations:

Engage in a rigorous training regime that focuses on cardiovascular fitness, strength training, and backpack hiking.

– Ensure you have proper high-altitude trekking gear, including clothing for extreme weather, mountaineering boots, and technical equipment.

–  Be mentally prepared for the challenges of high-altitude  trekking, including discomfort and fatigue.

In conclusion, the Kang Yatse 2 trek, with its high altitude, technical sections, and unpredictable weather, presents a formidable challenge. Yet, it is precisely this challenge that makes it so rewarding for trekkers with previous high-altitude experience and good physical fitness. The sense of accomplishment that comes with conquering this trek is unparalleled. Proper preparation, acclimatization, and possibly a guided expedition can help manage the difficulties and enhance the overall experience, making it a journey of a lifetime.

Frequently Asked Questions About Kang Yatse 2 Trek

What is best time to do kang yatse 2 trek.

The Kang Yatse 2 trek is best tackled from mid-June to mid-September when the weather is relatively mild and stable. During this time, daytime temperatures at lower elevations range from 15°C to 25°C (59°F to 77°F), with clear skies offering excellent visibility and stunning views of the surrounding peaks and landscapes. By mid-June, most winter snow had melted, making the trekking paths more accessible. Although snow and ice are still present at higher elevations, they added to the challenge but were manageable with the right equipment and preparation.

Similar Treks

Deo Tibba Base Camp Trek

Mt. Hanuman Tibba Expedition

Mentok Kangri II Trek

Black Peak Expedition

Kanamo Peak Trek

• 0 Shopping Cart ₹ 0.00 -->

KANG YATSE II

6250 meters | ladakh, all batches full, july – oct.

Kang Yatse II, the Western Summit of Kang Yatse, offers an exciting opportunity for those looking to step up from trekking peaks to semi-technical mountaineering. Situated at the head of the Markha Valley in Ladakh, this peak offers stunning panoramic views of the surrounding mountains, including K2, Broad Peak, and Gasherbrum Massif to the north, and Nun Kun and the Zanskar peaks to the west.

Rated as Alpine PD, Kang Yatse II is just above the 20,000 feet barrier, making it a challenging but achievable climb for mountaineers and experienced trekkers alike. The journey to KY2 offers a beautiful route through the pastures of Thactungtse and Nimling, where colorful wildflowers can be seen in abundance. The trek also features the mystical Mani stones and refreshing Tigu lakes as major highlights.

Summit day is grueling, as the ascent is filled with moraines and loose rocks, and the crevasses are covered with snow most of the time, requiring roping up for safety. Despite the challenges, the climb offers a well-balanced fusion of pleasure and challenge. The expedition to Kang Yatse II is a perfect opportunity for mountaineers looking to test their skills on a semi-technical peak, with stunning views of the surrounding mountains and the beautiful scenery of Ladakh.

Day 1: Arrival in Leh, Gear Check & Evening Walk Upon your arrival in Leh, you will be met outside the airport and escorted to your hotel. Once settled, you’ll undergo a comprehensive gear check conducted by the team leader to ensure that all equipment is in order. The evening will be dedicated to an acclimatization walk through the local market. This is an excellent opportunity to shop or rent any items that may be missing or inadequate, as identified during the gear check.

Day 2: Acclimatization and Expedition Briefing Begin your day with an early morning walk to Shanti Stupa, where you will enjoy panoramic views and help your body adjust to the altitude. After returning, the team leader will provide a detailed expedition briefing, covering essential information about the climb, safety protocols, and daily expectations. Post-lunch, you will visit the historic Leh Palace, followed by a final visit to the market for any last-minute shopping or rentals, ensuring you are fully prepared for the journey ahead.

Day 3: Drive from Leh to Skiu (3550m) and Trek to Sara (3600m) The drive from Leh to Skiu unveils the striking terrain of Ladakh, characterized by barren mountains and the confluence of the Indus and Zanskar Rivers. Upon reaching Skiu, you’ll begin your trek to Sara. This trek will take you through beautiful yet rugged landscapes, setting up camp for the night in Sara amidst greenery surrounded by dry landscapes.

Day 4: Trek from Sara to Markha (3750m) Today’s trek from Sara to Markha is long and sun-drenched, with no respite from the harsh Ladakhi sun. The landscape is a blend of rocky peaks and mud, offering a unique beauty. You’ll cross streams and witness the serene Markha Valley before setting up camp for the night.

Day 5: Trek from Markha to Thochungtsey (4300m) Your journey continues through the stunning landscapes of Ladakh. The trek will be challenging yet rewarding as you ascend higher into the mountains, making your way to Thochungtsey where you’ll set up camp for the night.

Day 6: Trek from Thochungtsey to Base Camp (5100m) The trek to the base camp is shorter compared to previous days, offering stunning views of Kang Yatse. It’s a day to relax and enjoy the beauty of the surroundings as you set up camp at 5100 meters.

Day 7: Rest & Training Day at Base Camp A crucial day for rest and training. You’ll familiarize yourself with technical equipment, practice walking in snow and using crampons, and prepare mentally and physically for the summit attempt.

Day 8: Ascend to Summit Kang Yatse 2 (6250m) and Descend Back to Base Camp Summit Day! Starting after midnight, you’ll ascend through scree and moraine, eventually reaching snow. The climb is gradual, and you’ll be rewarded with breathtaking views at the summit, including that of the Zanskar and Karakoram ranges. After taking a few pictures, you will descend back to base camp.

Day 9: Trek from Base Camp to Chokdo (3900m) via Kongmaru La (5200m) & Drive to Leh After leaving base camp, you’ll climb to Kongmaru La pass, adorned with prayer flags, offering stunning views. After a brief halt at the pass, you will descend to Chokdo, navigating steep terrain before driving back to Leh.

Day 10: Departure After Breakfast On the final day, you’ll check out from your accommodation in Leh and depart for your onward journey, carrying memories of an incredible adventure.

Day 11: Buffer Day This additional day is set aside as a buffer to accommodate any unforeseen delays or changes in the itinerary.

• Accommodation in Leh on sharing basis.
• All meals throughout the trek.
• Technical equipment: Ropes, Helmet, Ice Axe, Crampons, Mountaineering Boots & Harness set.
• First aid medical kits and oxygen cylinder.
• Qualified & experienced trek Leader, Guide, and Support staff.
• Transport from Leh to Road head and return.
• Camping during the trek including tents, sleeping bags, sleeping mat.
• Exclusive discount on all Fast&Up products.
• All fees & Permits required for the expedition.
• Mules or porter to carry personal luggage till Base Camp (available at Rs 4500)
• Single occupancy room or Individual tent (available at extra cost).
• Meals during road journeys.
• Personal clothing.
• Costs arising out of unforeseen circumstances like bad weather, landslides.
• Anything not specifically mentioned under inclusions.
• If Buffer Day is used, Rs 3000 extra will be charged.
• Tips to ground staff (Guides & Porters)

THINGS TO PACK

For your head:.

A woolen warm cap & balaclava offer warmth and protection against the cold Everest winds, while a bandana serves multiple purposes, from a sweatband to a dust mask. A traditional hat or cap provides additional sun protection during the brighter hours of the day.

Footsteps of an Explorer:

Your feet are your foundation. Six pairs of socks —three lightweight for mobility, three heavyweight woolen for warmth—ensure your feet stay dry and comfortable.

Ankle-high, heavy sole trekking boots are indispensable, crafted for the rugged terrain. Do carry a pair of regular sneakers as a backup, along with sandals specifically for river crossing and allowing your feet to rest and breathe in the evenings.

Hands That Conquer:

Protect and preserve your hands with two pairs of warm liner gloves and a pair of waterproof gloves . This combination keeps your hands warm, dry, and ready to grip your next challenge.

Clothing: The Armor of the Adventurer

Begin with a thermal innerwear set of polyester/merino material, your first defense against the cold.

Add lightweight, quick-dry trekking pants for your daily marches, with Gore-Tex windproof trousers and jacket as shields against the biting winds and sudden downpours.

A waterproof jacket (hard shell) or  poncho is your emergency layer, ready at a moment’s notice. Rotate through 3-4  full-sleeve T-shirts , the backbone of your layering system.

A  Fleece (250-300 gsm, full polyester) could serve as your comfort layer, offering warmth without weight, topped with a down jacket (comfort rating of Minus 20 C) for the cold.

Navigational and Survival Gear:

A 20-litre backpack is essential for keeping items like your water bottle, snacks, and perhaps a fleece within easy reach, while a 60-70 litre rucksack serves to carry your main luggage, transported by mules or porters.

Trekking poles become extensions of your will, aiding your ascent and descent.

A Water bottle and a thermos flask , essential to keep you hydrated on your trek.

Personal Care Compact:

A personal hygiene kit and medicine kit are your wellness companions, holding everything from toothbrush and paste to sanitizers and personal medications.

50+ SPF Sunscreen against the harsh sun rays. Towels, tissues, and wipes to keep you clean and dry. Lip Balm , especially Vaseline, is recommended to protect against the chapping and dryness caused by the cold, dry winds.

Illumination and Vision:

A headlight, backed by extra batteries , pierces the darkness, guiding your steps under starlit skies or pre-dawn treks.

Polarized, Category 4 sunglasses with 100% UV protection and wrap-around design are most recommended for with a backup pair, protect against the glare of the sun, reflected by snow and ice.

Keep your devices charged and ready with a power bank . Embrace moments of joy and peace with a camera, music player, books, and cards, lightening your spirit as you lighten your load.

A  woolen warm cap & balaclava  offer warmth and protection against the cold Everest winds, while a  bandana  serves multiple purposes, from a sweatband to a dust mask. A traditional  hat or cap  provides additional sun protection during the brighter hours of the day.

Your feet are your foundation.  Six pairs of socks —three lightweight for mobility, three heavyweight woolen for warmth—ensure your feet stay dry and comfortable.

Ankle-high, heavy sole  trekking boots  are indispensable, crafted for the rugged terrain. Do carry a pair of  regular sneakers  as a backup, along with  sandals  specifically for river crossing and allowing your feet to rest and breathe in the evenings.

Protect and preserve your hands with two pairs of  warm liner gloves  and a pair of  waterproof gloves . This combination keeps your hands warm, dry, and ready to grip your next challenge.

Begin with a  thermal innerwear set  of polyester/merino material, your first defense against the cold.

Add lightweight, quick-dry  trekking pants  for your daily marches, with Gore-Tex windproof trousers and jacket as shields against the biting winds and sudden downpours.

A 20-litre  backpack  is essential for keeping items like your water bottle, snacks, and perhaps a fleece within easy reach, while a 60-70 litre  rucksack  serves to carry your main luggage, transported by mules or porters.

Trekking poles  become extensions of your will, aiding your ascent and descent.

A  Water bottle  and  a thermos flask , essential to keep you hydrated on your trek.

A  personal hygiene kit and medicine kit  are your wellness companions, holding everything from toothbrush and paste to sanitizers and personal medications.

50+ SPF  Sunscreen  against the harsh sun rays.  Towels, tissues, and wipes  to keep you clean and dry.  Lip Balm , especially Vaseline, is recommended to protect against the chapping and dryness caused by the cold, dry winds.

A  headlight, backed by extra batteries , pierces the darkness, guiding your steps under starlit skies or pre-dawn treks.

Polarized, Category 4  sunglasses with 100% UV protection  and wrap-around design are most recommended for with a backup pair, protect against the glare of the sun, reflected by snow and ice.

Keep your devices charged and ready with a  power bank . Embrace moments of joy and peace with a camera, music player, books, and cards, lightening your spirit as you lighten your load.

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Q) Who should go on this expedition? A) To climb Kang Yatse II, one must have some prior mountaineering experience. The climber must have summited at a 5000 meter, and preferably a 6000-meter peak.

Q) How difficult is this expedition? A) Kang Yatse is a high-altitude, semi-technical moderate-level Himalayan expedition. It demands good physical fitness, stamina, and endurance, for you need to trek for 5-6 hours per day, even more on the summit push.

Q) Is this expedition suitable for beginners? A) Not suitable for a beginner. Previous mountaineering experience is required.

Q) What are the best months to visit Kang Yatse II? A) July-September is the best month to climb Kang Yate II. The weather is good and snow conditions are favorable at that time.

Q) How different is this from a usual trek? A) Most of the days would feel like a regular trek except for the summit push when you have to start climbing in the middle of the night using proper mountaineering gears

Q) What to pack? A) You’ll need to pack the basic clothing and accessories you’ve used on your previous treks. Mountain gear that you require after the summit camp, such as Ice-axe, Snow boots, Crampons, Harness, etc., will be provided by us.

Q) What will be the accommodation type for this trek? A) You will stay in a hotel for 2 days before the climb and 1 day at the end of the journey. On other days, you will stay in Tents, and camps on a Twin-sharing basis.

Q) What will the temperatures be like during this trek? A) Mornings will be normal, temperature drops during the nights.

Q) Will there be snow? A) Yes, you will get to see the snow from Crampon Point.

Q) Who will lead us on the trek? A) Your trek will be led by one of our experienced and knowledgeable mountain guides, who will be supported by a team of skilled coordinators, helpers, and cooks.

Q) What are the gears we will be using? Is it easy climbing with those gears for the first time? A) Till the base camp, you’ll not require any typical mountaineering gear but from the summit camp, you will. You will also be provided with enough training so that you can climb with gear such as snow boots, crampons, ice-axe, harnesses, ropes, helmets, etc. Not to mention, there will always be people around you for supervision.

Q) Will I be carrying my bags the whole time? A) Baggage will be sent on Mules till the final camp.

Q) What’s the success ratio for the summit attempt? A) 70%

Q) What kind of fitness level is required? A) You must be ideally fit, untouched by any sort of physical injury, illness, or overweight. Should be able to walk for 6-8 hours easily.

Q) How can I prepare for this expedition? A) You must start preparing at least 1.5-2 months prior to the kick-off date. Below are some of the exercises you could add to your fitness regime: -Jog/Run for 5 Kms in 25-30 mins Or walk continuously for 10 km (with 3-4 small breaks) on plain terrain (a slight incline is better), even better if done with some weight on your back -3 sets of Climbing 30 – 40 steps in one stretch -Push Ups – 10 x 3 -Lunges & Squats – 15 X 2 sets -Planks

Q) Is transportation included? Where will you pick us up and where will you drop us off? A) We will pick you up from the LEH airport and drop you at the same place. Other domestic transportation, i.e. from the hotel to road head (where the trek starts), will also be provided by us.

Q) Is a mobile network available during the trek? A) Your number will go unreachable as soon as you start your trek and will stay like that until you’re back. You’ll be out of network for about 7 days, except on the top of the summit where you’ll get the network for a short period of time.

Q) What are the toilet facilities during the trek? A) Toilet tents will be arranged at all the camps

Q) What kind of food is available during the trek? A) A variety of highly nutritious veg & non-veg food is available during the whole journey.

Q) For what other things will I be charged? A) We don’t work with any hidden costs. You’ll get everything required and mentioned in the brochure from the time you arrive in Leh, till we bid you adieu.

YOU MAY ALSO LIKE

EBC Three Passes

Mt Aconcagua

Mt Kilimanjaro

Gurez (Patalwan)

SHARE THIS PLAN

Boots & Crampons, registered with the Ministry of Tourism, specializes in providing premium-quality & safe mountaineering experiences around the world. We are committed to protecting & conserving the natural environment in which we operate . Our highly experienced support team & certified guides make for a hassle-free journey throughout.

Important Links

Book a Trek/Expedition Gift A Trek Terms & Conditions Cancellation Policy Sitemap Privacy Policy

Get In Touch

[email protected]

+91 9000 603 444

Home » Shop » Kang Yatse 2 Peak

• getting there
• Detailed itinerary
• cost inclusions
• CANCELLATIONS
• Difficult Treks
• Ladakh Treks
• Monsoon Treks
• Summer Treks
• Up to 2 weeks trek

Kang Yatse 2 peak with Markha valley trek

Kang Yatse twin peak (I & II) is the most prominent mountain massif amid the incredibly beautiful Markha valley in Ladakh. The westerly and lower of the two, i.e. Kang Yatse II peak at ~ 6250 m/20500 ft has a comparatively easier (Alpine PD – Peu Difficile) summit than the higher. It is a possible summit to high altitude hikers and trekkers  due to no technical climbing skill requirements. Also there is a beautiful trek to the base camp while getting yourself acclimatised. Indeed, this is a double bill for you who are fairly experienced high altitude trekker with excellent physical fitness. Here you will get both, exploring one of the prettiest valleys in Ladakh and a summit in excess to 20000 ft/6000 m. You will experience why this is one of the most picturesque summit journey to a mountain peak, leaving aside the technicality.

Itinerary for Kang Yatse II Peak with Markha valley trek :

Day 1: Arrival at Leh ( 11,500 ft) – you can take a direct flight or access by bus / other vehicles from Manali or Srinagar. Lodge/hotel accommodation in Leh. Day 2: Rest and active acclimatisation in Leh. Lodge/hotel Day 3: Drive to Chilling (10,500 ft) – 60 km – 2 hours ; and trek to Skiu ( 11,150 ft) – 7 km, 3 hours. Day 4: Trek  to Markha (12,139 ft); 20 km, 8 hours. Day 5: trek to Hangkar (13,124 ft); 10 km, 7 hours Day 6: Trek to Nimaling (15,419 ft); 14 km, 8 hours. Day 7: Trek  to Kang Yatse Base Camp (16,732 ft); 5 km, 3 hours. Day 8: Rest and acclimatisation at Base Camp. Day 9: Base camp to Summit (20,500 ft) to back to Base Camp. Day 10: Trek to Chokdo (12,100 ft ) via Nimaling, Kongmaru La (17,060 ft); 17 km, 9 hours and Drive to Leh – 60 km , 2 hours. Lodge/hotel accommodation in Leh. Day 11: Mandatory reserve day (cost not included). Day 12: Departure from Leh/additional tours etc.

• You need to reach Leh on Day 1 latest by noon . Arrange your return tickets from from Leh on Day 13 morning or later .
• The cost of mandatory buffer/reserve day (Day 12) is NOT included in TREK FEE. If we use this during trekking, you need to pay additional ₹ 5000 to ₹ 10000 per person (depending upon the team size) . This will be collected in Leh after the trek.

Our expedition starts from Leh, which is ~ 11,500 ft/ 3500 m above m.s.l. Whether you reach Leh by flight/bus or by car, it’s very important that you to spend at least two nights there to acclimatise a bit before the actual journey. Feel free roam around. Leh is quite popular for its cultural treasures, monasteries, palaces and temples.

Trail to base camp – Markha valley trek:

Starting from Leh we move towards the confluence of Zanskar and Indus River crossing Spituk monastery and Magnetic hill (it’s just an optical illusion). Then you make a turn and leave the Indus behind and follow the Zanskar river till Chilling. Chilling is a rather popular destination of Ladakh. It’s the Base camp for Chadar trek  in winter and river rafting in summer.

The trail goes through Hemis National Park which is famous for it’s wildlife, Snow Leopards being the main attraction. You have to be very lucky though to spot one of these shy magnificent beasts. Arghali (Great Tibetan Sheep), Bharal ( Blue Sheep), Mountain Weasel, Shapu (Ladakh Urial) etc are abundant and can be spotted throughout the route.

When you enter Markha valley you will be welcomed by 3-4 villages and their rejuvenating hot tea. The first such village, Harding comes immediately after 2 hours of hiking. Keep walking ahead for another 2-3 hours, till you reach Chalak village. It is placed beautifully amongst the barley fields with mountains in the background and the day ends at beautiful Markha village. After Markha the next village is Umlung and the Kang Yatse peak comes to visibility, motivating you henceforth.

Then we proceed to Hangkar and you can notice the Tacha monastery, skilfully placed on such a height. The trails enter into a huge plain before Nimaling where sheep, mountain goats, sometimes rabbits are found grazing. Only some shepherds hut will be visible and a temporary camp site has been established where trekker can stay. From Nimaling one route goes right  towards Kangyatse base camp and the left one goes towards  Kongmaru La. To reach base camp you witness the most beautiful part of the trek though it will take few hours to reach there and the mighty Kang Yatse massif will cover the horizon.

Kang Yatse II Summit:

After a day of active acclimatisation and training you push for the summit. To reach the summit you need to climb nearly 4000 ft from base camp (16,732 ft). You start very early in the morning if not before dawn breaks. The initial climb is through loose scree and moraine zone. It starts with loose moraine and scree. It’s tricky to negotiate this zone. Loose rocks make it difficult to grip. You need to be very careful. It takes around 2-3 hrs to touch the snowline from the base camp.

Negotiating the snowfield is another challenge. Your climbing guide will brief and train you the previous day. You’ll learn different techniques. Guide will teach you how to put on your crampons, how to rope up and walk, ascend & descend. You’ll also learn how to arrest yourself in case you slip & fall. Basically you will have hands on what you may expect during summit push. Depending on the time of the year and snow deposition, you may need to rope up. Follow your climbing guide’s instruction. On higher elevation the route has crevasses and most of the time it’s snow covered. You need to be extra careful while negotiating those. Another 2-3 hours of climb will reach you the summit.

Try to reach the summit before noon. After you make it to the top be ready to be mesmerised by the breathtaking beauty of Markha valley and Zanskar range, Karakoram peaks and mountains surrounding Kang Yatse. You might also notice the K2 peak (second highest peak in the world) and may also spot the distant Tibet Mountains, depending on the clarity of skies. After witnessing the stunning 360’ beauty, we trace our steps back to the base camp. A careful descend  is of utmost importance. Most of the accidents in the mountains  happen while descending. Another 3-4 hours of descending will reach you the basecamp.

Next day we get to Nimaling and take the left route to cross the 17000 ft high pass Kongmaru La. The prayer flags and the beautiful array of peaks welcome you at the top. Kang yatse and it’s adjacent peak Dzo Jongo remains behind. This the last time you’ll see the giants in this expedition. The steep descent put you to Shang river gorge and you negotiate all the turn and cliff to reach your destination Chokdo. You drive to Leh from here.

Kang Yatse 2 expedition – Prerequisites:

• A trekker should have completed at least 3 high altitude treks going above ~ 4500 m/15000 ft or a basic mountaineering course/equivalent.
• At least one Difficult trek reaching beyond 5000 m/16500 ft e.g. Pin Parvati Pass, Ronti Saddle, Parang La etc.
• A trekker must be in excellent physical condition along with NO prior acclimatisation issues on high altitude.

Distance & Altitude profile:

Below is a pictorial presentation of the trek and summit with distance and corresponding altitude gain.

Best time to go for Kang Yatse summit:

July to September is suitable for Kang Yatse II expedition.  Early July expedition will attract more snow (varies year over year) and later September will become colder.

Download the list of things to carry in Kang Yatse trek or check here

Why treks with ht.

  Duration: Leh to Leh 12 days including 1 buffer day.

  Prerequisite:   Prior multiple high altitude trekking experiences along with good physical fitness and no reported acclimatisation issues.

 Grade: Difficult, often referred “Trekking Expedition”. Non technical.

Physicality: 8.5/10

  Trail Length: 85 Km

  Highest Point: Kang Yatse 2 peak ~ 6250 m/20500 ft

  Seasons: July to September

Further Option: 

  Access: Expedition starting point (trek base) is Leh.

  Rail station: Jammu (Station Code: JAT) or Chandigarh (CDG)

  Airport: Leh  (Airport Code: IXL)

Upcoming scheduled dates for Yunam expedition:  

• You can check the scheduled Fixed Departure dates in the calendar available inside Booking Form or inside REGISTER NOW form. Tour starting Dates are highlighted as per our itinerary ( Day 1 of  12 days itinerary ).
• At present BOOK NOW functionality is disabled . You can get all the information in your email by submitting the REGISTER NOW form.
• If you are a group of people and available dates are not matching then you may select Custom date mode  (by clicking the Select your custom date) and fill in the displayed form.
• You can also check all the available dates at a glance in our TREK CALENDAR .
• Trekkers need to reach Vashisht, Manali on Day 1 (by noon). Return to Manali on Day 9 evening (around 8/9 pm). Arrange your tickets for inward journey and return accordingly.

How to reach Leh:

  Nearest   Airport: Leh (IXL)

  Nearest Rail station: Chandigarh (if you reach via Manali) or Jammu (in case you travel via Srinagar)

You need to reach the trek and expedition base Leh on your own.

By Flight :-

Daily flights are available to Leh from new Delhi. However Leh is a popular tourist destination and the window of accessibility to this place is rather short (2-3 months of summer) and overlaps with our expedition window. Hence it’s better to book the tickets beforehand.

There are two roads which connects Leh with mainland India. One from Manali and another from Srinagar. First one is approx 472 km and follows Leh Manali highway. You cross Rohtang Pass and continue till Gramphu where the road diverges. One goes right towards Lahoul, Spiti. The left one will reach you Leh via Keylong, Jispa, Baralacha la. Regular buses are available but let me warn you, the journey takes over two days and quite hectic to say the least. It’s better to take a SUV.

The later one connecting Leh and Srinagar is approx 450 km and no less hectic than the previous one. Enroute you’ll cross famous destinations like Sonamarg, Dras, Kargil, Khalsi etc.

  TREK FEE: ₹ 49,500 (Leh to Leh) + 5% GST  

Book for for 5 or more persons get flat 10% Group Discount on TREK FEE.

Inclusions:

3 night’s lodge accommodation in Leh (Day 1,2,10) on twin sharing basis. Meals are NOT included .

All car transfer from Leh to Leh as mentioned in the itinerary. This will be on sharing basis with other team members. Depending upon number of members, we will arrange a Tata Sumo or Tempo Traveller.

All meals during the trek  (starting from Day 3 breakfast and ending with Day 11 lunch). Regular Indian style nutritious vegetarian food including eggs during the trek, breakfast packed/hot lunch (depending upon the time you reach a campsite), snacks, dinner along with coffee/tea/soup.

Stay in homestay and tents on sharing basis.

Excellent Expedition guide, who will be a local to this particular area and has profound knowledge of the trekking trails and peaks around. We will provide one guide for every 5 trekkers. At least one guide will be mountaineering course(s) certified.

 Specialised Cook, Support staff, High Altitude Porters (HAP) for carrying the central logistics of the trek.

Camping equipment like Sleeping bag, Carry mattress. (Bring your own sleeping if you have a high altitude specific personal Sleeping Bag. This is always better for hygienic reasons.).

Any technical equipment like static/dynamic rope, carabiners, sling, ice axe, gaiters, micro spikes/crampon etc.

Kitchen tent and toilet tent as required during the trek.

All permit fee, camping charges, forest levy required for the trek.

Basic Medical & First Aid kit.

Travel and Medical insurance policy (covering illness, AMS, evacuation, accidents etc) covering high altitude trekking and mountaineering up to 6500 m. (For Indian nationals it is included in the TREK FEE, up to 60 years of age). It covers your itinerary, Leh to Leh.

Exclusions:

Meals in Leh.

Note that offloading of rucksack is NOT permitted in this expedition . You need to carry your own backpack along with all your personal belongings, sleeping bag and carry mattress (provided by HT or your personal one).  This is mandatory for a difficult trek and is aiming to the safety of the trekkers.

Cost of buffer/reserve day, i.e. Day 12. If we use this during trekking, you need to pay additional ₹ 4000 for that day. This will be collected in Manali after the trek.

 Any tip/gratuity to the HT supports staff.

Anything which is NOT mentioned in the “Inclusions” or personal in nature.

• We assume that you have read and understood our “Terms & Conditions” ( https://himalayatrekker.com/terms-and-conditions ) before Booking a trek/tour.
• To reserve your place in a scheduled Fixed Departure trek or a Customised/Private trek  pay 25% of the TREK/TOUR FEE  as the initial  “Booking Deposit” . You can pay by Net banking/Draft/Cheque/Credit/Debit/AMEX cards. This will ensure your participation in the desired trek and we will reserve your place in the scheduled date. You need to pay the remaining amount at least  15 days before Trek Starting Date .
• If you book a Trek/Tour before 14 days or less from Trek/Tour Starting Date, you need to pay the full TREK/TOUR FEE .

  Cancellations:

• “Booking Amount” i.e. 25% of the TREK/TOUR FEE is Non-Refundable  at any stage.
• If in case you are not able to make it due to unavoidable reason(s), we provide you a very flexible choice of Shifting to another trek within next one year . One year is counted from the starting date of the trek/tour you booked initially with us.
• In case you postpone your trip you need to inform minimum of 15 days before  the trek/tour starting date. (Though we suggest to inform us earlier if known)
• In case you postpone a trek/tour before 15 days of the scheduled Trek/Tour Starting date or prior , you may shift to another group of the same trek/tour scheduled in the same season or within next one year. You may shift to another suitable route also. For changing any, you need our approval first. Your request must be in written communication through your registered email with us.
• If you cancel/postpone a trek/tour from 14 days to 8 days before tour starting date , your Booking Amount is Non-Refundable. We will not take any request of shifting dates. We will charge 50% of the amount as Cancellation Charges and process refund of remaining 50%. You may also shift to another group within next year but 25% Booking Amount will be deemed as Cancellation Charge and the rest amount will be transferred to the shifted group.
• If you cancel a trek/tour  7 days (i.e. a week) before Trek/Tour Starting Date or later , there will be NO REFUND.
• In case of any unforeseen incident including but not limited to natural calamities like flood, earthquake, landslide, forest fire or any political unrest, if we are compelled to cancel the trek/trip, you will be entitled to redeem the full amount for the same/similar kind of trek/trip within next one year.

If you need more clarifications write in to [email protected]

Tour Reviews

There are no reviews yet.

Leave a Review

Cancel reply.

You must be logged in to post a comment.

You May Also Like

Phulara Ridge Trek

Sandakphu Trek

Kaliheni Pass Trek

Submit this form that we can email you all the necessary details and call you to discuss., tour starting date: green boxed dates indicate starting of a scheduled fixed departure tour (day 1 of our tour itinerary). please check the calendar and choose a suitable fixed departure date (green boxed) unless dates are not matching or you are looking for a customised/private trip., i accept the terms & conditions.

Travel Around The World Blog

Conquering the Heights: A Guide to the Kang Yatse Trek in Ladakh

Welcome to the majestic realm of Ladakh, where towering peaks, serene valleys, and ancient monasteries await adventurous souls. Among the many exhilarating treks this region offers, the Kang Yatse trek stands out as a test of endurance, offering breathtaking vistas and a chance to conquer the heights of the Himalayas.

About Kang Yatse: All You Need to Know

Nestled in the heart of the Himalayas, Kang Yatse is a formidable mountain in the Markha Valley of Ladakh, India. Rising to an impressive height of 6,400 metres (21,000 feet), it is one of the highest peaks in the region and a coveted destination for trekkers seeking a thrilling challenge amidst stunning alpine scenery. Kang Yatse holds cultural significance for the locals, with several ancient monasteries and traditional villages dotting its foothills.

Planning Your Trek to Kang Yatse in Ladakh

• Best Time to Trek: The best time to embark on the Kang Yatse trek is during the summer months of June to September, when the weather is relatively mild, and the mountain passes are accessible. However, trekkers should be prepared for sudden changes in weather, including rain and snowfall, particularly at higher elevations.
• Trekking Routes: The Kang Yatse trek offers several routes of varying lengths and difficulty levels. The most popular route is the Markha Valley trek, which typically takes around 8-10 days to complete and offers stunning views of the surrounding landscape. Alternatively, adventurous trekkers can opt for the challenging Kang Yatse Base Camp trek, which leads to the mountain’s base camp at around 5,000 metres (16,400 feet).
• Fitness and Training: Trekking in the Himalayas requires good physical fitness and stamina. I am starting a fitness regimen several weeks before the trek is advisable, focusing on cardiovascular exercises, strength training, and endurance activities. Acclimatisation is crucial when trekking at high altitudes, so plan to spend a few days in Leh or other nearby towns to adjust to the altitude before beginning the trek.

Essential Gear and Equipment for Kang Yaste Trek in Ladakh

Before setting out on the Kang Yatse trek, ensure you have all the necessary gear and equipment to stay safe and comfortable in the mountains. This includes:

• Clothing: Layering is essential to staying warm and dry in the Himalayas. Pack moisture-wicking base layers, insulating mid-layers, a waterproof jacket, and sturdy trekking pants. Remember essentials like gloves, a hat, and a scarf to protect against the cold.
• Footwear: Invest in sturdy hiking boots with good ankle support and grippy soles to navigate rocky terrain and uneven trails. Break them in before the trek to avoid blisters and discomfort.
• Camping Gear: If camping along the trekking route, bring a lightweight tent, a sleeping bag rated for cold temperatures, and a sleeping pad for insulation from the ground. A portable stove, fuel, and cookware are also essential for preparing meals on the trail.
• Personal Items: Pack essentials like a headlamp or flashlight, water purification tablets, a multi-tool or knife, sunscreen, lip balm, and a first aid kit with essential medications and supplies.

Permits and Regulations Require while trekking Kang Yaste

Before embarking on the Kang Yatse trek, ensure you have obtained the necessary permits and are familiar with local regulations. Trekkers are required to obtain an Inner Line Permit (ILP) for trekking in the restricted areas of Ladakh, including the Markha Valley. Permits can be obtained online or from the District Commissioner’s Office in Leh, and a fee is applicable for each licence.

Accommodation and Camping

Accommodation options along the Kang Yatse trek vary depending on the route and itinerary chosen. Trekkers can stay in guesthouses or homestays in villages along the trail or camp at designated camping sites along the road. Camping in the wilderness offers a unique opportunity to immerse oneself in nature and enjoy the solitude of the mountains.

Highlights of the Trek

The Kang Yatse trek offers a wealth of natural beauty and cultural experiences that will leave trekkers in awe. Highlights of the trek include:

• Panoramic Views: Marvel at sweeping vistas of snow-capped peaks, lush valleys, and crystal-clear mountain streams as you trek through the pristine landscapes of the Himalayas.
• Remote Villages: Encounter traditional Ladakhi villages nestled amidst the mountains, where friendly locals offer warm hospitality and insights into their unique way of life.
• High-Altitude Passes: Challenge yourself to cross high-altitude passes such as Gongmaru La and Kongmaru La, which offer unparalleled views of the surrounding mountains and valleys.
• Kang Yatse Base Camp: Reach the base camp of Kang Yatse and soak in the awe-inspiring sight of the towering peak looming overhead, surrounded by glaciers and rocky slopes.

Challenges and Safety Tips

Trekking in the Himalayas presents challenges, including high altitude, extreme weather, and rugged terrain. To ensure a safe and enjoyable trek, follow these safety tips:

• Acclimatize Properly: Allow your body time to acclimatise to the high altitude by taking it slow, staying hydrated, and avoiding strenuous activity during the trek’s first few days.
• Stay Hydrated and Well-Nourished: Drink plenty of water and eat nutritious meals to maintain energy levels and prevent altitude sickness. Pack high-energy snacks like nuts, dried fruits, and energy bars to fuel your trekking adventures.
• Dress Appropriately: Layer your clothing to stay warm and dry in changing weather conditions. Always carry a waterproof jacket and extra layers in case of sudden temperature drops or rain showers.
• Follow Safety Guidelines: Stay on marked trails, heed warnings from local guides or trekking agencies, and avoid trekking alone in remote areas. Carry a map, GPS device, or mobile phone with emergency contacts in case of emergencies.

Cultural and Environmental Conservation

As you trek through the pristine landscapes of Ladakh, it is essential to practise responsible trekking and respect the local culture and environment. Follow these guidelines to minimise your impact on the fragile ecosystem:

• Leave No Trace: Pack out all trash and waste, including biodegradable items like food scraps and toilet paper. Properly dispose of waste at designated waste disposal sites or carry it out with you.
• Respect Local Customs: Be mindful of local customs and traditions, including dress codes, photography restrictions, and interactions with locals. Seek permission before photographing people or sacred sites and respect their privacy.
• Support Sustainable Tourism by Choosing eco-friendly accommodation options, purchasing locally made handicrafts and souvenirs, and supporting businesses that prioritise environmental conservation and community development.

Conclusion: A Guide to the Kang Yatse Trek in Ladakh

Embarking on the Kang Yatse trek is an unparalleled adventure, promising breathtaking landscapes, cultural encounters, and personal triumphs. As you navigate rugged trails and traverse high-altitude passes, you’ll forge lifelong memories and discover the true essence of adventure. Beyond the physical challenges, this trek offers an opportunity for personal growth and reflection, pushing you to overcome obstacles and tap into your inner resilience. Whether you reach the summit or revel in the journey, the experience will leave an indelible mark on your soul. So, lace up your boots, pack your backpack, and immerse yourself in the magic of the Himalayas. Remember to stay safe, respect the environment, and embrace the spirit of exploration. With each step, you’ll write your story of adventure and discovery, leaving footprints in the snow and memories in your heart. The call of the wild awaits—answer it and let the mountains become your playground, sanctuary, and inspiration.

More Stories

Travelling in The Jungle Explore The Nature Essay

Take Off on an Amazing Adventure: Examining the Greatest Tour Packages to Singapore

Discover the Magic of Bali: The Ultimate Guide to Tour Packages from Delhi

You may have missed.

Explore the Best Switzerland Tour Packages: Your Dream Vacation Awaits!

Unveiling Dubai’s Enchantment: A Comprehensive Guide to Dubai Tour Packages

• Ladakh Zanskar
• Kang Yatse 2

Kang Yatse 2 11 Days & 10 Nights Markha trek & 6200m trekking peak in Ladakh

Photo Gallery

• Duration: 11 Days & 10 Nights

Kang Yatse 2   Markha trek & 6200m trekking peak in Ladakh

The Kang Yatse II 6240m or Kang Yatze is located at the East end of the Markha Valley region of Ladakh just above Nimaling plains . The Kang Yatse Peak is the most dominant in Markha Valley. The lower western Peak of Kang Yatse II is easier (Alpine PD - Peu Difficile) and more frequently climbed. The main summit of Kang Yatse I required some technical ability. Dzo Jongo is a delight for trekkers as it doesn't require any technical climbing. If you are seeking for first Himalayan 6000m peak and away from the crowd that you may see in Stok Kangri Peak. This side of Markha remains calm most of the time. We start our excellent trek from  Skiu after visiting the ancient village of Alchi . Crossing Zanskar River and entering into Markha Valley. We trek along the Markha river en route we pass through barley fields and beautiful villages, and experience the daily life of Ladakh people. We climb to an open pasture of Nimaling and climb gradually to the base camp. With a panoramic view finally ascending to the peak of Kang Yatse II. On a clear sky, the view goes up to K2 and the Karakoram range peaks. Finally, we cross the pass of Kongmaru la and descend to Chuskirmo, Chogdo . Finally, drive along the right banks of the Indus River to Leh.

HIGHLIGHTS Ladakh trekking peak, Pre-summit superb acclimatization, Spectacular Markha valley Hemis National Park, View of Ladakh & Karakoram range  ITINERARY Day 1: Fly Delhi - Leh (3500m). Arrive in Leh. Rest and acclimatize Day 2: Leh acclimatize: Sight-seeing around Leh Day 3: Drive Leh - Chilling (3200m) to Skiu (3290m) (3 hrs), Trek to Sara (3500m), (4-5 hrs) Day 4: Trek to Markha (3710m), (4-5 hrs) Day 5: Trek  to Hankar (3900m) – Thachungtse (4200m), (4-5 hrs) Day 6: Trek to Nimaling (4750m), (4 hrs) Day 7: Trek to Base camp (5150m), (3 hrs) Day 8: Rest & Training day at the base camp Day 9: Ascend Kang Yatse II 6200m - back to base camp, (10-12 hrs) Day 10: Trek Kongmaru La (5150m) - Chuskirmo (4140m) - Chokdo, Drive to Leh (8-10 hrs) Day 11: Departure Leh - Delhi flight. TRIP COST INCLUDES -  All ground transportation to & fro as per the itinerary.  -  Leh airport transfer.  -  Sight-seeing around Leh for one full day  -  3 nights bed & breakfast hotel accommodation in Leh at a 3-star hotel on twin sharing basis. -  Accommodation on twin share in 3 men 4 season tents,  sleeping bags/liners, foam mattresses, mess tent, stool, chairs, toilet tent. Single tent available on request. -  Climbing gear: climbing boots, crampons, harnesses, ice axes, gaiters, rope, carabineers, trekking poles & other accessories. -  All meals during the trek - start with bed tea to breakfast, lunch, dinner, tea /coffee, and snacks. from Indian, Tibetan, and Chinese to continental cuisine. -  Support staff: Qualified English-speaking climbing guide, cook & camp crew. -  Trekking mules/horses for porterage of your luggage and trekking gear. -  Camping fee,  climbing permits. -  GST (Goods and services tax) as applicable. -  First aid medical kit.   KANG YATSE II (6250M) & DZO JONGO RI EAST (6280m) EXTENSION - 2 summits Day 1: Fly Delhi - Leh (3500m). Leh airport pickup, check into the hotel. Rest and acclimatize Day 2: Sight-seeing around Leh Day 3: Drive Leh - Chilling to Skiu (3290m), Trek to Sara (3500m) Day 4: Trek to Markha (3710m) Day 5: Trek  to Hankar 3900m – Thachungtse (4200m) Day 6: Trek to Nimaling (4750m) Day 7: Trek to Base camp Kang Yatse (5150m) Day 8: Rest day Day 9: Ascend Kang Yatse II 6240m - back to base camp Day 10: Trek to Base camp Dzo Jongo (5500m) Day 11: Rest/preparation/practice Day 12: Climb Dzo Jongo Ri East and back to Base camp Day 13: Trek Kongmaru La (5150m) - Chuskirmo Day 14: Trek Chokdo, Drive to Shang Sumdo (3660m) - Leh. Day 15: Leh airport drop. Fly Leh to Delhi.

DETAILED  TRIP DOSSIER Day 1: Delhi - Leh flight / Arrive Leh. Leh airport pickup, check into the hotel. Rest and acclimatize Arrive at Leh, Leh airport pick up, and check into the hotel. The afternoon is free to relax and acclimatize to the altitude of 3500m as well as visit Leh bazaar. visit the Royal Palace of Leh from the 16th century.  Day 2: Leh - Acclimatize / Sight-seeing in around Leh After breakfast, we drive to visit Shey first, then Thiksey. Thiksey monastery, which is 27 km from Hemis. This monastery is the oldest monastery of Gelugpa School in Ladakh. The great Lama Paldan Shesrap built it in the 14th century. Here you can see the big statue of the Future Buddha. Continue to Taktok and Chemdey and return to visit Hemis monastery which is 45 km far from Leh and it takes a 90-minute drive. The great Mahasiddha Staktsang Raspa along with great ancestor Singey Namgyal built this biggest monastery in the 16th century. Continue to Matho then we drive to Stok which is situated opposite Leh at a distance of 14 km, At Stok visit, the Royal Palace was built in 1825 AD and the palace has great collections of antiquity. Continue to visit Matho situated 10 km from Stok, which has a 10th-century complex. Finally, we drive back to Leh Day 3: Drive Leh - Chilling (3200m) to Skiu (3290m) (3 hrs) Trek to Sara (3500m), 4-5 hrs Leaving Leh we drive to Chilling, where a bridge over the Zanskar River marks the starting point of the Markha Valley route, and drive up along the muddy route till we reach the small village of Skiu at 3290m. After the loads were loaded onto the horses, you can loosely with only a small daypack ongoing running. We trek to the picturesque village of Sara further ahead in the Markha valley. Overnight camp.

Day 4: Trek to Markha (3710m), 4-5 hrs Leaving Sara today we will have a long, easy, and pleasant walk up the Markha valley. We hike along the Markha River and cross numerous adjoining streams. The trail passes through willows, poplar trees, and sea buckthorn bushes. Passing by Chaluk, the last river to be crossed before Markha. Markha is a wonderful village that has a charming campsite and deserted fort that can be seen from camp,  Day 5: Trek  to Hankar (3900m) – Thachungtse (4200m), 4-5 hrs Leaving Markha today you cross the river several times. We follow the clear path along the right bank and pass beneath the Humlung monastery. A few hours later arrive at the high village of Hankar, continue on the track leaving the broad valley and turning towards the narrow valley. As the trail goes higher and higher up the landscape presents spectacular scenes. Lastly crossing the bridge and continuing to the higher meadows of Thachungtse.  Day 6: Trek to Nimaling (4750m), 4 hrs Today leaving camp we pass several Mani walls and come across a small lake.  From here you have a spectacular view of the two peaks of Kang Yatse. Nimaling is a high pasture ground where you will find herders from Markha Valley and Shang Sumdo area graze their livestock during summertime. We will have the opportunity to taste fresh Dzo milk and other milk products to taste. The view of the main Markha valley to the west is wonderful, especially during sunset. Day 7: Trek to Base camp (5150m), 3 hrs From the Nimaling trail up the mountain reach more high pastures where you will find Dzo and yaks grazing. Through the loose rocks reach a point where we will get a clear view of Kang Yatse. We establish a base camp near the stream. Day 8: Rest and Training day at base camp. Today take the day to rest and before noon practice some technical skills that can be useful for the next day in the afternoon take some rest or gain some altitude. Day 9: Ascend Kang Yatse II 6200m - back to base camp, 10-12 hrs The summit day. Leaving midnight early approach the edge of Kang Yatze II. In the beginning, walking on scree and moraine then onto snow. At the snowline, crampons are applied and the rise follows. Gradual ascent up except the last few steep parts where you rope up. Reach the summit by sunrise and enjoy the great view over the Markha Valley to the West and Zanskar to the South, Ladakh & Karakoram to the North. Descent to base camp.  Day 10: Trek Kongmaru La (5150m) - Chuskirmo (4140m) - Chokdo,  Drive to Shang Sumdo - Leh. 8-10 hrs Today leaving Nimaling, continue on a path where a small stream to cross then a gradual climb to the top of the highest pass of our trek, with its wonderful views from the top as far as the eye goes to all directions. On a clear sky, one can see Kangyatse, far across K2 and Karakoram Range, and its peak rising above 7000m. Soon after crossing the pass steep and long descent to Chuskirmo.  We descend to the small village of Chogdo, say adieu to our horseman, and from here drive to the village of Shang Sumdo and continue to Leh. Check into the hotel, rest, and relax. Evening explore a local bazaar.  Day 11: Departure Leh - Delhi flight. The morning after breakfast, transfer to the airport and flight to Delhi. 

Review "I have completed the Kharnak trek and Kang Yatse II climb from 20th July to 2nd August 2019 with Potala Adventurers, we crossed 5 passes over 5,000 and summitted Kang Yatse II successful, thanks for all the supported crew, Eshey has done this trek three times and familiar to the trek the route, campsite, monasteries, villages, local peoples and their cultures, he's very knowledgeable on flora and fauna, a nice and friendly person I am comfortable with, climbing guide Michael has climbed Kang Yatse II several times, he is a calm, cool and confident guy, he is very familiar to all climbing gear and equipment, Sherab took me a lot of photos during the trek and I was so touching for his masala tea serve us at top of the mountain pass, Ravi is a fantastic Cook with prepare different dishes and he ensure I am well fed. Thanks for Prem Singh organize and coordinate all logistic on this trip run smooth." * Joined Potala Adventurers trek and activities since 2011, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2019 * Regards / Mr. Stanley - Singapore - July/August 2019 Stanley's 6th Great Himalayan trek with us. 1. Pang Tsomoriri lake to Kibber trek & Kanamo peak - 2011 2. Zanskar Traverse: Kanji to Sarchu  - 2014 3. Umasi la & Kanji la, Gulabgarh to Padum to Kanji - 2015 4. Pin Parvati & Hamta pass - 2016  5. Poat la & Stok kangri - 2017 6. Kharnak trek & Kang Yatse II - 2019

Package Itinerary

Arrive Leh. Leh airport pickup and check into hotel. Afternoon is free to relax and acclimatize to the altitude of 3500m as well as visit Leh bazaar. visit the Royal Palace of Leh from the 16th century, Overnight in hotel.

After breakfast, we drive to visit Shey first, than Thiksey. Thiksey monastery, which is 27 km from Hemis. This monastery is the oldest monastery of Gelugpa School in Ladakh. The great Lama Paldan Shesrap built it in 14th century. Here you can see the big statue of the Future Buddha. Continue to Taktok and Chemdey and return back to visit Hemis monastery which is 45 km far from Leh and it takes 90 minute drive. The great Mahasiddha Staktsang Raspa along with great ancestor Singey Namgyal builds this biggest monastery in 16th century. Continue to Matho than we drive to Stok which is situated opposite of Leh at a distance of 14 kms, At Stok visit of Royal Palace built during 1825 AD and palace has great collections of antiquity. Continue to visit Matho situated 10 kms from Stok, which has 10th century complex. Finally we drive back to Leh

Leaving Leh we drive to Chilling, where a bridge over the Zanskar River marks the starting point of the Markha valley route and drive up along the muddy route till we reach small village of Skiu at 3290m. After the loads were loaded onto the horses, you can loosely with only a small daypack ongoing running. We trek to a picturesque village of Sara further ahead in the Markha valley. Overnight camp.

Leaving Sara today we will have a long, easy, and pleasant walk up the Markha valley. We hike along the Markha River and cross numerous adjoining streams. The trail passes through willows, poplar trees, and sea buckthorn bushes. Passing by Chaluk, the last river to be crossed before Markha. Markha is a wonderful village which has a charming campsite and a deserted fort can be seen from camp.

Leaving Markha today you cross the river several times. We follow the clear path along the right bank and pass beneath the Humlung monastery. Few hours later arrival at high village of Hankar, continue on the track leaving the broad valley and turning towards narrow valley. As the trail goes higher and higher up the landscape presents spectacular scenes. Lastly crossing the bridge and continue to higher meadows of Thachungtse.

Today leaving camp we pass several Mani walls and come across a small lake.  From here you have a spectacular view of the two peaks of Kang Yatse. Nimaling is a high pasture ground where you will find herder from Markha valley and Shang Sumdo area graze their livestock during summer time. We will have oppurtunity to taste fresh Dzo milk and other milk product to taste. The view of main Markha valley to the west is wonderful especially during sunset.

From Nimaling trail up the mountain to reach more high pasture where you will find Dzo and yaks grazing. Through the loose rocks to reach a point where we will get clear view of Kang Yatse. We establish base camp near the stream.

Today take the day to rest and before noon practice some technical skills which can be useful for next day and in the afternoon take some rest or gain some altitude.

The summit day. Leaving midnight early approach to the edge of Kang Yatze II. In the beginnig walking on scree and moraine than onto snow. At the snowline crampons are applied and the rise follows. Gradual ascent all the way up except last few steep parts where you rope up. Reach at the summit by sunrise and enjoy the great view over the Markha Valley to the West and Zanskar to the South, Ladakh & Karakoram to the North. Descent to base camp.

Today leaving Nimaling, continue on a path where small stream to cross then a gradual climb to the top of the highest pass of our trek, with its wonderful views from the top as far as the eye goes to all directions. On a clear sky, one can see Kangyatse, far across K2 and Karakoram Range, and its peak rising above 7000m. Soon after crossing the pass steep and long descent to Chuskirmo. We descend to the small village of Chogdo, we say adieu to our horseman and from here drive to the village of Shang Sumdo and continue to Leh. Check into the hotel, rest, and relax. Evening explore a local bazaar.

Morning after breakfast, transfer to airport and flight to Delhi.

-  All ground transportation to & fro as per the itinerary.  -  Leh airport transfer.  -  Sight-seeing around Leh for one full day  -  3 nights bed & breakfast hotel accommodation in Leh at 3 star hotel on twin sharing basis. -  Accommodation on twin share in 3 men 4 season tents,  sleeping bags/liners, foam mattresses, mess tent, stool, chairs, toilet tent. Single tent available on request. -  Climbing gear: climbing boots, crampons, harnesses, ice axes, gaiters, rope, carabineers, trekking poles & other accessories. -  All meals during the trek - starts with bed tea to breakfast, lunch, dinner, tea /coffee, and snacks. from Indian, Tibetan, and Chinese to continental cuisine. -  Support staff: Qualified English-speaking climbing guide, cook & camp crew. -  Trekking mules/horses for porterage of your luggage and trekking gear. -  Camping fee,  climbing permits. -  GST (Goods and services tax) as applicable. -  First aid medical kit.  

×     Domestic flight Delhi - Leh,  ×     Rest of hotel in Leh and New Delhi and lunch, and dinner while staying at a hotel in Leh & not trekking. ×     Travel insurance. ×     Soft or hard drinks. ×     Entrance fee at monasteries ×     Personal tipping to staff: Guide, cook, helper, horseman, driver.  ×     Any unforeseen cost arises from natural hazards rain, snow, or roadblocks which cost extra lodging & boarding beyond the trip Schedule.

"I have completed the Kharnak trek and Kang Yatse II climb from 20th July to 2nd August 2019 with Potala Adventurers, we crossed 5 passes over 5,000 and summitted Kang Yatse II successful, thanks for all the supported crew, Eshey has done this trek three times and familiar to the trek the route, campsite, monasteries, villages, local peoples and their cultures, he's very knowledgeable on flora and fauna, a nice and friendly person ...

Route Map of Markha valley and Kang Yatse II - Ladakh Trekking Peaks

Trekking Gear Check List

What we provide We provide all the GROUP GEAR included in the following list:

• 3-4 Person roomy 3-4 season tents for 2 people and individual as well, dining tent, toilet tent. (Toilet seats on demand) and other camping accessories.
•  Filtered drinking water for longer trips / Water purification tablets.
•  Sleeping bags + liner and comfortable sleeping pads.
• Kitchen tent, Stoves, fuel, cookware,etc.
• Three course meal (Dinner), hot packed lunch, post trek snacks.
• Trekking poles and Duffel bags
•  Basic first aid box and mini oxygen bottles

What you may need - Your personal gear recommended in List :-

• Day pack : A bit of bigger size in order to keep fleece, jacket, water bottle, camera, packed lunch,

Foot wear :-

• Good condition  trekking boots  – not new used before in your country side for best fit for trekking, water proof.
• Camp shoes , light and comfortable as running shoes or sandal ( like Teva ) for river crossing. Its necessity for you to bring sandles for river crossing.
• Socks both Woollen and cotton as desire.
• Clothing :-
• Gore tex jacket  or similar.
•   Down jacket/vest  is good for cool evenings.
•   Wind/Rain jacket:  (ie gore-tex, northface or similar) waterproof and breathable. Its necessity to have jacket while crossing passes.
• Trekking pants , light, comfortable, water proof /breathable.
•   Long sleeve shirt  Light weight dry-fast (for sun/insect protection).
•   T-shirts  for day time
•  One midweight/heavyweight fleece (long sleeve) jacket or warm pullover.
• Short pants, underwear,
• Sun Hat:  cowboy style or baseball style to protect skin from direct sunlight.
•   Woollen  cap for high altitude or while crossing pass or during evenings in camp.
•  One fleece or sweatpants for cold evenings during dining.
•  A pair of Hand gloves  or woolen gloves
•   Scarf to protect from dust or sunlight around neck. This is available in local markets with variety of colors.

Accessories :-

• Sun glasses with UV protection. An extra sun glass in case to replace.
• Sun screen and lip protection.
• Moisturizer cream: In Ladakh the air is dry and sun is harsh and strong during day. There are local moisturizer cream available in market. To avoid somehow skin allergy bring your personal cream.
•  Water bottle. Minimum I - 2 liter.
• Trekking poles or sticks. If you have your own folded poles.
• Torch or one head lamp with extra batteries. Petzl or similar.
•  One toiletories kit, small towel.
•  Reading and writing materials.
• Digital Camera or digital video recorder / solar charger.
•  Water purification tablets
• Nylone or water proof plastic bags to storage clothes and stuff
• One pocket knife light.
•  Water purification/filter: we boil water for you in the camp, what its essential you to have a water purification tablets or filter during the day of trekking.
• Mosquito rappallent cream.
• Small Binocular.
•  First aid kit: We carry basic first aid kit with diamox, aspirin, paracetemol, antibiotics for diarrhoea, anticeptic, bandage and band aids, Please you bring your personal first aid kit with medicine you think to need necessity for you.
•  Vitamine tablets or similar.
• Extra passport photos.

TRIP FACTS Activity - Trekking & mountaineering Region - Markha, Ladakh, India  Difficulty Level - Strenuous Max Altitude - 6200m Max sleeping altitude - 5150 m Lowest trek altitude - 3290 m Trip Length - 11 days Delhi to Delhi 8 days from Leh to Leh  7 days trekking 7 nights camping 3 nights hotel Best time - June to Sept end

Stok Kangri 6153m

• 13 Days & 12 Nights

Zanskar Traverse Trek: Kanji Zangla Phirtse La

• 25 Days & 24 Nights

Stok Kangri and Markha valley

• 15 Days & 14 Nights

Markha Valley

• 10 Days & 9 Nights

Lasermo La trek and Nubra valley

• 9 Days & 8 Nights

You will receive an email containing a link allowing you to reset your password to a new preferred one.

Verification mail has been sent.

Please check your mail to verify your account.

Click Here to Login

• How To Reach
• Dates & Price

33°45'57.4"N 77°33'18.2"E

• Kang Yatse II Expedition

Pickup Point

Leh Airport, India

Minimum Age

• Expeditions

• Mellow details that acquaint you with mountaineering aptitudes.
• A less packed option to Stok Kangri.
• Beguiling all-encompassing perspectives on the Zanskar Range and K2.

Kang Yatse Trek

On the off chance that Stok Kangri is the most mainstream trek, Kang Yatse II is the least known about the 2 kin. Both are 6000-meter tops, nearly of a similar trouble level. Kang Yatse Trek must be the favoured decision of the hopeful trekkers who need to take a stab at something charming. It is simply 320ft taller than Stok including the zest of tallness. Despite that Kang Yatse II is viewed as the most straightforward 20,000 feet top.

Involving 11 days, the agenda is ideal for progressive acclimatization as one increases tallness. The Kang Yatse top lies in the famous Markha Valley. The greater part of the trek course agrees with the way to deal with Markha Valley. Subsequently, this trek offers to purchase 1 get 1 free advantage. Beginning from Leh, one finds a workable pace social legacy, religious communities, gompa during the early acclimatization days. Similarly, as you gain tallness by crossing through little towns, you will get knowledge of Ladakhi culture. At each campground, you will be welcomed by teahouses and legitimate homestays. The significant villas that pass by are Skiu, Markha, Nimling, Hankar and so on. All these structures are the perfect representation of little homes shielded by the monster mountains. From dry landscapes to energetic touching terrains, from little streams to vivacious Markha waterway you will experience the differentiating nature.

The path enters Hemis National Park, which is known as an untamed life haven. Snow Leopards, argali, mountain deer and so forth will be spotted all through the course. From Umlung the Kang Yatse top comes to permeability, propelling you hereafter. The fields of Thactungtse and Nimling are loaded up with bright wildflowers. Spiritualist Mani stones and the invigorating Tigu lakes are the significant disclosures of the trek. Summit day is both overwhelming and pleasurable. Kang Yatse summit climb is loaded up with moraines and free shakes. The chasms are secured with snow a large portion of the occasions, subsequently roping up is required. On shows, the ceaseless cluster of Karakoram and Zanskar go. You may likewise observe the summit of the renowned Stok Kangri and K2 top.

Best Time to Visit

The best time to venture out to Kang Yatse Expedition is in late summers (July - September).  The climate of Kang Yatse Trek stays salubrious and satisfying during summers. The Himalayan range is particularly obvious, and the cool wind adds appeal to the excursion. Conveying woollens is prompted.  Quietness and isolation are at its best during the post rainstorm at Kang Yatse Trek. The area is honoured with substantial snowfall during winters and the settlement choices are additionally limited to not many. In any case, you can see the best of Kang Yatse Expedition post-storm as paradise on earth.

Brief Itinerary

Detailed itinerary, day 1 : arrive at leh.

Kang Yatse II Peak Expedition starts from Leh. Land in Leh through flight or train. Your stay will be in the inn after you reach. Leh is now at a tallness of 11,000 ft, consequently, you ought to be acclimatized entirely well. Utilize this day as a chance to rest and get your body acclimatized to the high heights.

The great telephone network is accessible in Leh. You can utilize this day to look for the overlooked things or lease hardware. Carefully remain from liquor and smoking. On the off chance that you show up later than expected, you can rest for the afternoon. You can furthermore wander around and get adjusted to the way of life. Leh is very well known for its social fortunes, cloisters, castles, and sanctuaries. Attempt to keep it low and simple on the body.

Day 2 : Explore and acclimatize in Leh

One more day to become accustomed to the low temperatures or to find the wonderful Leh! Aside from undertakings and strange views, Leh is notable for its religious communities and castles. Venture into the historical backdrop of Leh through the Shey Palace, Thiksey Monastery, and ThikseyGompa. You can discover many experienced searchers or sightseers in Leh during the top season. Attempt to interface with everybody to become accustomed to the way of life. Leh is acclaimed for its bistros and hanging out spots.

Aside from social legacy, Leh must be gone for its passes and lakes like Nubra valley, Pangong lake. We don't permit wandering of trekkers to such places. This is to maintain a strategic distance from strain on the body that may leap the procedure of acclimatization. In this way, attempt to abstain from moving to higher elevations and walk around close by places. Make the most of your awesome remaining lodging.

Day 3 : Drive from Leh to Chilling, and trek to Skiu

The drive from Leh to Chilling resembles entering the expanse of infertile, caramel yellow yet dazzling district of the Himalayas. In the main portion of the excursion, significant landmarks Gurudwara Pathar Sahib and Spituk Monastery will interestingly invite you. The quiet and lively Magnetic Hill additionally passes by as you make your particular manner. Through the perspectives on shading evolving rocks, dry meadows you will cross the intersection of Zanskar and Indus waterways. Chilling is a mainstream town of Leh known as the Base camp for Chadar in winter and stream boating in summer.

The trek ahead incepts with a precarious climb experiencing Zingchen gorge. During you will likewise cross the stream on a trolley at Kaya-Do put. The path ordinarily runs over the Indus River. Skiu will stamp the primary outdoors during the tents. It is situated at the conversion of streams Shgri Nala and Markha. The town has genuinely 10-15 houses. They are additionally useful for homestay and coffee breaks. The living space additionally has an old religious community. End your first day of the trek in Skui, anticipating the up and coming rushes.

Day 4 : Trek from Skiu to Markha

The benefit of Kang Yatse trek is that it consistently covers the Markha valley. Accordingly, you can pretentiously finish Markha valley trek as well. What's more, today is the day to observe the Markha valley. This will be the longest day of trekking with a sum of 20 km of the climb. On this difficult day, you will be invited by 3-4 towns and their reviving hot tea. The main such town, Harding, comes following 2 hours of climbing. Continue strolling ahead for another 2-3 hours, till you reach Chalak town. It is put delightfully among the grain fields with mountains out of sight. Once more, have some tea and get all empowered for the rest of the trek.

The following campground is at Markha town, which is 5-6km from here. Notwithstanding that, it will take 2-3 hours because of the precarious move to Markha valley. The Markha stream streams with solid momentum and you should cross this enraged waterway. The waterway level may be till knee, contingent upon the snowfall. The Markha valley is considered the biggest because it has around 30-40 houses. For individuals inspired by history, there are remnants of a stronghold. You can likewise locate an old religious community that is accepted to be worked during the 1800s. Make a point to stroll through the town and connect with local people while tasting hot tea.

Day 5 : Trek from Markha to Thochungtse

Wake up all crisp and be glad as today will be a simple trek. The up and coming path meets streams and Markha waterway a few times filling in as a refreshment. Umlung town is a minor town, which can be perceived by houses and a religious community on the course.

After Umlung the Kang Yatse top comes to permeability and continues calling you! Hankar town will be the following brief breakpoint. You can see the Tacha cloister, ably put on such a statue. Hankar is likewise a campground and one can have a night remain here.

Walk along the all-around checked path from Hankar towards a stone scaffold. Numerous courses are turning out, you continue following a similar way. In the following 2 hours, the fields of Thochungtse become obvious. There are campgrounds and tea houses here. Get yourself alright with the excellent fields and rest for the afternoon.

Day 6 : Trek from Thochungtse to Nimaling

This will be a brief day loaded up with shocks. Seeing Kang Yatse draws nearer and greater. The path is a progressive climb of 700 meters including 3-4 hours trek. Spiritualist Mani stones having supplication engravings will be found on the course. Present the reverential petitions and trust in an awesome summit. You will be welcomed by twin Tigu lakes. Even though these lakes are minor they mirror the brilliant Kang Yatse top.

The path goes into an immense plain of Nimling where sheep, mountain goats, here and there hares are discovered touching. Nimling is prestigious as brushing field lands and will likewise be your campground. The whole arrangement is amazingly lovely and gives a pondering encounter.

Day 7 : Trek from Nimaling to Kang Yatse Base Camp

This will be the littlest trekking day of the whole trek. Thus, chill and attempt to take advantage of the excellence around you. The principal half of the trek has free shakes however the dazzling perspectives on Kang Yatse will facilitate the agony. The last 50% of the path is a drop. Following 2-3 hours you will land at your base camp at 5,100 meters.

Make a point to stay out of the tent to get acclimatized. Attempt to not strain your body and unwind at the campground. This is the best time to examine the mountains around you, attempt to catch as much as you can.

Day 8 : Rest & acclimatization day to gear up for the summit attempt

This is a keenly added day to assist you with getting acclimatized to the high elevations. You can think about this as a preparation day. Our group will allow preparing for the utilization of specialized hardware. You will be instructed how to stroll in the day off, crampons, treatment of ice hatchet, and different procedures that are an unquestionable requirement for the summit endeavor.

Attempt to get a handle on as much as you can. In doing so do whatever it takes not to deplete yourself, as next will be the summit day. The awesome Kang Yatse pinnacle will be gazing at you all through. Furthermore, you can likewise go close by for stature gain trek. Ensure you give enough rest to your body for the summit endeavor. Pack your knapsack for the summit day, keep it light and simple. You will eat ahead of schedule to wake up at noon for the last ascension. Consequently, attempt to rest right on time to get enough rest.

Day 9 : Trek from Base Camp to the Summit, and descend back to Base Camp

What's more, the most energizing day rises! We will begin at noon for the summit push to be at the top around 6 am for glistering dawn. Convey pressed lunch, refreshments and enough water for the strenuous ascension.

Today you will be ascending from around 16,000 feet to straightaway 19,000 feet. Along these lines, being intellectually solid is the key. The course to the summit is through the acclaimed Kang Yatse shoulder. The path begins with free moraine and scree. Free shakes make it hard to verify the foot on the path. Utilize a trekking shaft for help. The course upwards has precipices that are secured with snow often. Given the degree of snowfall, you should rope up for wellbeing. Be cautious and watch each progression. The course goes toward the north face through the northwest edge towards a rough outcropping.

After a lofty move to the top, you will locate the 360 degrees perspectives on the Zanskar go, Karakoram pinnacles and mountains encompassing Kang Yatse. You may likewise see the K2 top (second most noteworthy top on the planet). You may likewise recognize the far-off Tibet mountains. The perspectives are impeccably agreeable and will bring back all the vitality to descend.

The whole summit way is 5 km every way. At the point when you remember your means, be mindful of the screen and moraines. Ensure you come back from the top by 1 pm to evade further issues because of climate. Return to the base camp to rest after the debilitating summit endeavour.

Day 10 : Buffer day in case of bad weather conditions

Cradle day is an additional day that is spent at the base camp for a summit endeavor on the off chance that the weather doesn't permit. This day is utilized just when the summit is beyond the realm of imagination according to the customary agenda. Regardless of whether to utilize the cradle day or not is absolutely a group's choice. A large portion of the huge endeavors has 1-2 days cushion day. Subsequently, it is essential to think about this day and cautiously plan your movement dates as well. The costing for cushion day is excluded from the trek cost, cradle day cost is Rs 4,000 every day and per individual. Along these lines, before utilizing the day, ensure you and your colleagues talk about it. Luckily, if everything works out in a good way according to the schedule, we can design the day for you. We can make game plans for different exercises like Rafting, Biking, Pangong Lake visit and so on.

Day 11 : Trek from Base Camp to Chokdo via Kongmaru La and Drive to Leh

With fulfillment and bliss start to get back. This day resembles a reward to appreciate the satisfying mountains once more. The landscape experiences the most noteworthy Kongmaru La pass. After a strenuous move of 2 hours to Kongmaru La pass, you will be enjoyably invited by the Karakoram run and the brilliant exhibit of pinnacles. Hold your breath for the awe-inspiring sight of the enormous K2 Mountain, the second most noteworthy top on the planet. Petition banners are moving along the breeze. Shockingly, there is a decent system association from the past.

A further trek of 5-6 hours will carry you to Chokdo. The course has a lofty plunge and rough landscape. It will introduce the stunning side of the chilly pastry as you walk through Indus and Ladakh valley.

Today you will have blended sentiments, misery because the trek closes today and fulfillment of finishing the trek. The path changes through the landscape of Indus valley and Ladakh extend. This is the last stop of the whole trek, that additionally has numerous homestays. Think back and attempt to fill the remarkable highlights of the Ladakh in your eyes that you have quite recently experienced while recollecting the Kang Yatse II trek. Your get vehicle will bring all of you the route down to Leh.

Day 12 : Departure from Leh

Congratulations on completing the trek and collecting memories to cherish for a lifetime. Now we set on to depart from Leh!

We can arrange a cab for you from the pickup point in Leh which will be the Airport, the charges for the same are not included in the package. For communications purposes, we will create a Whatsapp Group before the departure date of the trek and will share the details regarding the transportation. The drop at Leh Airport after the trek will be arranged in a similar way.

How to reach Kang Yatse II Expedition Starting Point ( Leh ) :

By  Air

The Kushok Bakula Rimpochee Airport in Leh is the highest airport in India. You can get daily flights to Leh from most of the cities in India. Frequent flights ply from Delhi, Mumbai, Bangalore, Chennai, and Kolkata. Standing at an elevation of 11,150 feet, Leh is one of the highest cities in India. 

The nearest major railway station is the Jammu Tawi railway station which directly connects major cities of India like New Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bangalore, Kolkata and many more. It is the most convenient stop, from where frequent buses and cabs are available.

You can use either the Manali-Leh highway or Srinagar-Leh highway if you wish to travel by road. The Srinagar-Leh highway is more preferable than the Manali-Leh highway.

Latest Stories

Why trek with us .

Trek Calendar All

Get yourself fit, nutrition tips, things to take, health & safety.

• Accommodations at Trek:  All accommodations on the trek will be on twin sharing basis in Tents or Homestays. Any accommodation in a hotel/guest house/hostel will be in a budget hotel.
• Trek Leader and Guides:  An experienced and certified Trek Leader , as well as a professional guide, will accompany you for the trek. The team will have years of experience and well equipped for any emergency situation.
• Services of a Professional Trekking Team:  A team of an experienced Cook, Camp Staff, Porters/Mules will accompany you for all the arrangements on the trek .
• Meals:  All Meals on the Trek are included. We will serve Vegetarian Indian food on the trek which will be cooked by our high altitude chefs. It will be a five-course meal plan.
• Camping and Safety Equipment:  All the camping equipment such as Tents, Sleeping bags, Toilet Tents, Dining Tent, Mattresses, and other things will be provided by us and we guarantee the quality. Safety Equipment including Medical kit, Oxygen Cylinder, Oximeter, Crampons & Gaiters(if required) will be provided by us. We recommend you to bring your own sleeping bags if possible.
• Trek Permits and Forest Camping Charges:  Only for Indian Clients, All the applicable trekking permits, Camping Charges, Forest Entry Fee, etc will be paid by us. Foreigners have to pay these charges if not mentioned.
• A Life-Changing Experience:  We assure you that by trekking in the Himalayas you will have a life-changing experience and we will do everything we can to provide you with the best services and make your venture in the wild an unforgettable one. 

Note: Prior to booking any adventure with Trekmunk, it will be mandatory to sign the waiver form and get a medical certificate from a doctor in due time, without these, you will not be allowed to start the trek. All this will be done online without using any paper.

• GST and Other Taxes:  The goods and services tax is not included in the price mentioned with the trek. They are subjected to change according to the government rules of India.
• Food in Leh:  Food in Leh is not included in the package. You can dine anywhere in Leh city,  we can recommend a few good options.
• Flights and Transportation:  Flights or other means of transport are not included in the package. Transportation from Home city to Leh and Leh to Home city is not included in the package. Any expenses occurred during the journey are not included in the package cost.
• Personal Equipment:  Your Rucksack, personal clothing, shoes, trek poles, and other personal trekking gear is not included in this package. You have to bring your own gear according to the weather and difficulty of the trek.
• Portage of Personal Bags(Offloading):  We highly advise you to carry your own burden (your rucksack) but due to any reason, if you wish to not carry your rucksack, we can arrange for a porter/mule to carry it. For this service, you will be charged over and above the trek cost. The charges for offloading vary with every trek.
• Travel Insurance:  Travel Insurance is not included in this package. We recommend you to have travel insurance before opting for such adventures. You can buy insurance from us while booking the trek, it is optional.
• Personal Expenses:  Any personal expenses incurred (Laundry, Bottled Water, Beverages, Snacks, Orders at tea houses or dhabas, Tips for guides, Camera fees, etc) are not included in the package.
• Emergency Expenses:  Any costs arising out of unforeseen circumstances such as accidents, bad weather, landslides, road conditions and any other circumstances beyond our control are not included in the package.
• Anything not mentioned in Inclusions of the package.

Cancellation Policy And More Information

Booking Terms:

1. Confirmation Policy :

Upon Booking, An invoice will be sent to your mail & within 12 to 24 hours the booking confirmation with additional details will be sent to your mail.

2.  Cancellation Policy:

Note: Following Cancellation policy will be followed for departures booked on or before 31st May 2021-

1)  Cancellation up to 7 days before the start date of the trek:   Get a complete cash refund (minus 5% transaction fee). The money is refunded to the same bank account, credit, or debit card from where the payment was made. 

2)  Cancellation during the last 6 days before the start date of the trek, and not counting the day of the trek:  Full refund with 100% of the trek fee in the form of a Trekmunk Trek Voucher. Valid for 1 year from the date of issue. Can be used on any Trekmunk trek. 

3)  Cancellation on the start day of the trek, or no show on the start day of the trek : Unfortunately, no refund. 

For more details, go to https://www.trekmunk.com/cancellation-policy

3. Refund Policy:

Any refund applicable will be processed within 10 to 15 business days as per the company policy.

4. Postpone/Transfer of a booked trek:

1. You can postpone your booked trek for a period of two months (61 days) but we will charge a 20% processing fee. The last date for the postponement will be 15 days before the start of the trek. Failing to book the slot in 2 months (61 days) time, would be considered a cancellation with no refund of any kind. Postpone of a booked trek can only be done once. 

2. You can transfer your booked slot for the trek to any fit person till 15 days before the trek. You just have to mail us the request and rest we will handle. The new person has to get all the mandatory documents duly signed for the trek.

More Information: 

1. We Trek for a Cause : For overall development of the areas we run our operations in, we donate Rs 100/- per booking from our profits which are used for the upliftment of the local people and conserving nature. We have named this initiative as - Trek for a Cause. For more details, follow: https://www.trekmunk.com/trek-for-a-cause

2. We are paperless : We are focusing on Sustainable Tourism and to do that we are trying all measures to convert our trek operations to be Eco-Friendly. Going Paperless is one step closer to our aim. 

3. Single-Use Plastic : Trekmunk does not encourage the use of single-use plastic items. We are ensuring that our team is working together to reduce the problem and educate those around them. We will send you instructions on how to go plastic-free on your adventures.

4. Preparing for your Holiday : Getting some additional exercise makes a lot of sense to spend time before coming on a trekking adventure. The fitter you are, the more enjoyable you will find the experience. Hiking in the hill country is the best training but jogging, squash and swimming are also good for developing cardiovascular fitness and stamina. To read more on how to get fit, follow: https://www.trekmunk.com/get-fit-for-trek  

5. Electricity Supply & Plug : You will get electricity supply till the starting point of the trek. If not Indian, We recommend you check if you require an adaptor for your electrical items at: http://www.worldstandards.eu/electricity/plugs-and-sockets/

6. Currency: The unit of currency in India is the Indian Rupees.

7. Health & Vaccinations: 

Severe Allergies : If you have a severe allergy please inform the Trekmunk office before you travel. We will do all we can to help, but we cannot guarantee an allergy-free environment on trekmunk trips. You will need to carry your own treatment for the allergy with you, as 'adrenaline auto-injectors' are not carried as standard by our leaders and staff. You should inform your leader on the arrival of your allergy, and let them know where you keep your adrenaline pen.

Vaccinations : You should contact your doctor or travel clinic to check whether you require any specific vaccinations or other preventive measures. You should be up to date with routine courses and boosters as recommended e.g. diphtheria-tetanus-polio and measles-mumps-rubella, along with hepatitis A and typhoid. Malarial prophylaxis is not usually required for trips in the mountains, however, if you are visiting rural and remote low lying areas then they might be necessary. 

8. Passport & Visas/Identity Proofs : If foreigner, Validity for 6 months, should have blank pages, and should be kept with yourself all the time.

9. Water : If you are on a trekking or cycling holiday, water is supplied to fill up your individual bottles. This will be boiled or filtered. Additionally, you should take purification tablets or a filter bottle (such as a LifeStraw, Sawyer Filter) to treat your water when in towns or where water is not supplied. We do not encourage the purchasing of single-use plastic bottles.

10. Altitude : This adventure involves going to a very high altitude. This is not something that you should worry about; the human body is quite capable of adapting to a very wide range of altitudes, but it is important that we follow some simple rules in order to acclimatize successfully. We will send you the information in your mailbox about Acute Mountain Sickness and trekking in high altitudes. On this trip, we carry bottled oxygen for use in emergencies.

11. Guidance on Tipping : Tipping is the accepted way of saying thank you for good service. Normally the guide and any other trek staff are given their tips at the end of the trek and this is best done as a group. The main guide will make sure that the tip is appropriately distributed among all the staff members on the trek.

12. Spending/Emergency Money : Approximately Rs. 8000-10000/- (in Indian Currency)should be carried for miscellaneous expenses including porter and trek crew tips, drinks, soft drinks, etc. We recommend that you carry your travel money in the form of cash as the availability of ATM is less in these remote areas. This can also serve as your emergency spending money.

13. Travel Insurance : It is recommended to have travel insurance for these kinds of adventures. When taking out insurance please ensure the policy you choose covers you for the activities and altitude included in your itinerary. We will ask for the Travel Insurance Details over a mail. Indians can buy insurance from us while booking the trek.

I had the best time of my life at Sandakhphu Phalut trek arranged by Trekmunk. Literally I felt like I was in heaven and I was soo very happy. I will recommend everyone to opt for Trekmunk. I was a solo woman traveler and was a bit worried, but things went very smoothly and I en ...

Traveling with these people is surely an insanely enthralling experience. This is my second backpacking trip with these people and the way I had imagined backpacking to be has been fulfilled by them and they have given me surely more. The best thing about travelling with these pe ...

I had an amazing trek with Trekmunk to Sandakphu November and December 2019. From the first moment of inquiry about the trek and all my questions were answered clearly and on time thanks to Dheeraj who managed to facilitate the trek quite well with his communication. Our guide Ar ...

I had the best time of my life at Sandakhphu Phalut trek arranged by Trekmunk. Literally I felt like I was in heaven and I was soo very happy. I will recommend everyone to opt for Trekmunk. I was a solo woman traveler and was a bit worried, but things went very smoothly and I enjoyed it a lot. I miss my fellow trekkers too. I am very satisfied with their arrangements.

Traveling with these people is surely an insanely enthralling experience. This is my second backpacking trip with these people and the way I had imagined backpacking to be has been fulfilled by them and they have given me surely more. The best thing about travelling with these people is that you understand the true meaning of travelling and experience it very closely. You are given great freedom but at the same time taking care of. You participate in the process of backpacking. You have a trip leader with you but he acts more like a friend as the days pass by! We attended the hornbill festival and did a wonderful trek to Dzukuo valley in Nagaland with the leadership of this group. You break the boundaries of yourself when you travel like a true traveller and that is possible with these people.

I had an amazing trek with Trekmunk to Sandakphu November and December 2019. From the first moment of inquiry about the trek and all my questions were answered clearly and on time thanks to Dheeraj who managed to facilitate the trek quite well with his communication. Our guide Arpan was very experienced, calm, patient and very helpful to each trekker's needs in the group. He facilitated to find and hire a porter for me once I needed one although we were in the middle of the trail. He also arranged emergency transportation when I had to cut the trek and go back home for an urgent matter. I really enjoyed their service and I would like to repeat the same trek or try other treks with them again.

We were a group of 12 friends and booked a trek to Kedartal with Trekmunk, it was an amazing experience..even though it was our first trek to the Himalayas and Kedartal being a difficult terrain trek we were guided excellently by the Trekmunk team. They served us nutritious food, took complete care of our safety and health and gave us the right advice to overcome AMS. Eagerly awaiting our next trek with them.

No words for the bike trip from Srinagar to Leh. One should experience it to feel it and all this because of the management of Trekmunk especially Mohit and Harshit whose efforts even made the hardest of the ride exciting adventurous and above all safe. Although some hindrances which are quite common like bike issues and medical problems arose with our co-riders, I liked the way these two guys handled it dexterously. I went with one of my best friends and came with a lot more and the trip turned out to be memories that can be cherished for a lifetime. Thanks, Team Trekmunk for giving me a wonderful experience. I can't wait to go on my next adventure with them.

Related Blogs

Related Tours

Chamser Kangri Expedition

Deo Tibba Base Camp Trek

Mentok Kangri Expedition

Stok Kangri Trek

"Trekmunk is changing the indian trekking industry"

"10 Most Promising Adventure Sporting and Trekking Companies - 2020"

" Things you do for the Passion for Travel"

Hello there, How can we help you ?

Timing: 10 am to 6 pm IST (GMT +5:30)

Whats App Us

Level: Moderate

Kang-yatse ii (6250 m) expedition, fixed departure:.

Monsoon Dates :

• 08 August 2024

Send Your Requirement:

Brief description.

Firmly Fogged upon 6250 mtrs above the sealevel, the mighty Kang yatse is the most ideal peak to begin with if you are thinking of shifting your gears from a trekkable to a semi technical one, the banning of Stok Kangri in the year 2018 has given this peak a super natural boost and as of now it is the most looked after alternatives for the famous stok kangri peak. unlike any other expeditions where it is possible for us to trek up till the base camp on the day 1 or 2 it self, the route to kang-yastey runs through 5 to 6 major villages of the markha valley with over more then 50 kms throughout, thus giving the trekkers ample amount of time acclimatize and adapt with constantly increasing altitude and the prestine air of the valley. the throne shaped peak stays covered under thick blankets of snow throughout the year and offers a breathtaking panaroma of the entire Zanskar range, south eastern streches and thousands of snow-capped peaks around it, in a nut-shell it’s a wholesome experience from both cultural and adventure perspective and we as your agent here in ladakh will try our best to make your visit as memorable and a comfortable one.

Highlights and Key Features

Technical detail.

Day 01: Delhi to Leh (3500 M)

Parvat Exploration will welcome you at Bakula Rinpochey airport and drop you at your guest house, Entire day will be spent resting at the guest house to get acclimatized to the pristine air of Ladakh.

Day 02: Small trek around Leh for acclimatization.

Today we will do a short trek within the vicinity of Leh town covering Shantis Stupa and Namgyal Tsemo monastery, Namgyal tsemo monastery was built in the 15th century by a king called Tashi Namgyal as a symbol of his victory against the enemies and offers a perfect postcard view of the entire Leh town, from there you can also get a bird eye view of the( Zanskar range and mighty Stok-Kangri peak), after that we will walk into the alleys of leh town and head-out to visit Shantis stupa. Shanti stupa is a white dome-shaped architecture situated on a hilltop in Changspa- Leh and was built in 1999 as the symbol of peace and harmony, it offers a magnificent view of the southern Leh including Leh Palace Namgyal Tsemo monastery and southern ranges. After that, we will head out to a local restaurant for lunch and then we will relax for the rest of the day , if you wish you can visit the main market in the evening, Overnight at hotel.

Day 03: Leh to Sku –Sara (3500 M)

Around 8 in the morning, we will move out from the guest house towards chilling which would be a drive of two and half hours, the new road has opened up Sku village but the locals won’t allow commercial vehicles beyond the chilling bridge since the entire markha valley has been recognized as wildlife sanctuary, so prioritizing the environment and wildlife before our comfort, we will start our trek from chilling bridge itself and after walking for two hours we will be there at our camp in Sara village. The campsite being the heart of the valley lies on a lavishly flowered meadow with crystal clear narrow streams flowing from the side, after lunch we will do a short trek around the village while enjoying the tranquility and beauty of the surroundings, Overnight in Sku campsite

Day 04: Trek from Sara to Markha (3710 M)

Since Sara to Markha is 6 to 7 hours trek we will begin our trek early in the morning so that we can avoid the Sun’s heat and if get lucky we might also get to see wild animals and local shepherds with herds, by lunch we will reach Markha village and after we will do a short trek around the camp, Overnight at campsite Markha

Day 05: Markha to Hangkar (3968 M)

After walking for around half an hour from Markha village we will come across a temple named Yensa which belongs to the drukpa sect of Tibetan Buddhism, few miles from Yensa monastery is the umlung Village consisting three to four families and from there it’s a trek of only one hour up till our campsite in hangkar, on the way to hangker we will get to see Kang-Yatse 2 and the trail leading towards it, our camp site in hangkar is a magnificently beautiful spot lying beside a burbling river on a vast green meadow. Overnight at Hangkar.

Day 06:Hangkar to Base-camp(5100 M)

Waking up in the middle mountains and nature you will be served a hot steaming cup of tea with a breakfast that suits your taste, after breakfast we will head off to the base-camp and it would be a gradual climb of 7-8 hours, the terrains are pretty much formed because of frequent visitors so we won’t have to worry about steep trails, before we reach the base-camp we will come across a small pond with a wonderful view of the vivid mountains and greeneries around it, from there you can also get a bird-eye view of the Nyimaling, and brown headed kongmarula pass, after hiking for around one and half hour from the pond view point we will be there at the base-camp which is at the elevation of (4535) mtrs, Overnight at basecamp.

Day 07: Rest and Acclimatization at Basecamp (5,100M)

Today is reserved for acclimatization to the altitude since we gained quite a bit of height the previous day and have also entered a much different terrain. We use this time to distribute equipment and gears required for the climb and also to practice basic techniques we will require on our summit push tonight. After a late breakfast and equipment disbursement, we go to a nearby slope for training and to get comfortable with our equipment – snow boots, ice axes and crampons. We will learn techniques and calls of roping up and ascending and descending on a snowy terrain. We also learn to use ice axe to facilitate our climb and for safety on such a crevasse-ridden terrain.

We end the day early so that we can get optimum rest before our climb tonight.

Day 08:Base camp (5,100M) to Summit (6,250M) to Base Camp (5,100M)

Time Taken: 11-12 hours

Today is THE day! We leave for our summit push between 11 PM and 12 AM. It is going to be a cold night and a very long day. We start climbing the slope to the right of Base Camp until we reach the top of the ridge. Although the trail is well marked, the terrain changes here to loose scree and moraine which gets slippery and needs to be traversed with caution. We keep climbing the ridge until reaching the ablation zone of the glacier from the north face of Kang Yatse II. After a short 100m climb up the moraine ridge, we rope up and enter the glacier. We will traverse the north face toward the northwest ridge while steadily climbing upwards. Once we climb around the northwest ridge, we climb straight above a rocky outcropping and follow the ridge to the summit. We should reach the top of the mountain between 7-8AM, wait there to soak in the majestic view and start to head back down. We should reach back to the safety of our tents on base camp well before the snow starts to get unstable and just in time for some hot lunch.

Day 09 Back to Leh (3500M) via Nyimaling, Kongmarula pass (5236 M), and Chokdo.

Distance: 15 kms

Duration: 8 hours trek + 3 hours drive After having breakfast in the morning we will climb down towards Chokdo which would be a trek of 7 to 8 hours, the initial 3 hours would be a climb down towards nyimaling and after that it will take us 4 more hours to ascend and descend the Kongmarula pass, at the other end of kongmarula pass would be Chokdo village consisting of three to four families, from there the cars would pick us up and drop us at the guest house, If you wish you can go to the main market in the evening to buy gifts and souvenirs for loved ones. Overnight at hotel.

Day 10 :Airport drop

After having breakfast we will drop you at the airport according to your ticket’s timing, Happy journey!

Day 11 : Buffer day / Contingency Day

Inclusion & Exclusion

1. Airport pickup and drop 2. Guest house in Leh with breakfast only. 3. Camping fee during the trek 4. Meals during the trek, breakfast/dinner/Lunch (veg/non veg) 5. Sleeping bag, mattress, kitchen accessories and tents 6. Ropes, snow- Scarpa boots, gaiters, crampons, ice-axe, (if required) 7. Experienced guides 8. Medical kits and oxygen cylinders 9. Transportation cost 10. Mules to carry personal luggage below 8 kg (if exceeds one shall pay for extra mules) 11. Cook, helper, horse men 12. Trekking permit from ALTOA ( All Ladakh Tour Operator’s Association) 13. IMF Fee. 14. Environmental fee.

1. Any kind of personal expenses 2. Lunch in Leh 3. All type of insurance 4. Airfare 5. Tip for staffs 6. Expenses caused due to change in itinerary by client him/herself 7. Expenses due to natural calamities 8. Expenses if fallen ill 9. Charges due to flight cancellation 10.Any cost arising out of unforeseen circumstances such as bad weather, landslides, road conditions and any other circumstances beyond our control.

Things to Carry

When embarking on a mountaineering expedition, it’s crucial to carry the right gear and equipment to ensure your safety, comfort, and success in the challenging mountain environment. Here’s a comprehensive list of things to carry for a mountaineering expedition: 1. Clothing: • Base layers (moisture-wicking) • Insulating layers (fleece or down jackets) • Waterproof and windproof outer layers (jacket and pants) • Hardshell or Gore-Tex jacket for extreme weather conditions • Mountaineering boots ( We provide) • Gaiters to keep snow out of boots ( We provide) • Climbing harness ( We provide) • Crampons for icy terrain ( We provide) • Gloves (waterproof and insulated) • Warm hat and balaclava 2. Navigation and Communication (Optional): • Map and compass • GPS device 3. Safety and First Aid: • First aid kit with essentials • High-altitude sickness medication • Prescription medications (if needed) • Sunscreen with high SPF • Sunglasses with UV protection • Lip balm with UV protection • Headlamp or flashlight with extra batteries • Repair kit for gear 4. Climbing Accessories: • Mountaineering backpack with sufficient capacity • Trekking poles • Climbing gloves 5. Personal Items: • Personal identification and relevant permits • Cash and credit cards • Camera for documenting the journey • Personal toiletries and hygiene items • Notebook and pen 6. Food and Nutrition: • High-energy snacks (energy bars, nuts, dried fruits) • Electrolyte tablets or sports drinks • Water bottles or hydration system 7. Miscellaneous: • Duct tape • Multi-purpose tool or knife • Compact shovel for snow conditions • Whistle • Trash bags for waste disposal 8. Documentation: • Expedition itinerary and permits • Emergency contact information • Insurance details

Also, ensure that your gear is in excellent condition and properly maintained.

Parvat Exploration: Your Trusted Himalayan Guides

Embark on an unforgettable adventure with Parvat Exploration – where expertise meets passion. Here’s why choosing us for your trek is the key to an extraordinary Himalayan experience:

1.  Highly Qualified Team, Seasoned in Indian Mountaineering : Join a team of seasoned mountaineers with a wealth of experience navigating the challenging terrains of the Indian Himalayas. Our expertise is your assurance of a trek that combines adventure with safety and knowledge. 2.  Exclusive IMF Associate Membership:  Trust your journey with the best, as three of our team members hold an esteemed position as associate members with the Indian Mountaineering Foundation (IMF). This exclusive membership is limited to only 100 individuals in India, highlighting the caliber and dedication of our team. 3.  Local Expertise – Meet Team Parvat Exploration, a Himalayan Native : A proud local born and raised in Uttarakhand. The Himalayas are not just our workplace; they are our home. With Team Parvat Exploration as your guide, you’ll experience the mountains through the eyes of someone deeply connected to its culture, people, and nuances. 4.  Accredited by ATOAI, IMF & Uttarakhand Tourism:  Parvat Exploration proudly stands as an affiliated firm with the Adventure Tour Operators Association of India (ATOAI), the Indian Mountaineering Foundation (IMF), and Uttarakhand Tourism. Our triple accreditation underscores our commitment to responsible and high-quality trekking adventures. 5. Safety is Our Pledge:  Your safety is our topmost priority. At Parvat Exploration, safety isn’t just a priority; it’s a fundamental principle that guides every aspect of our treks. Rest assured, you’re in capable hands as we navigate the trails with your well-being as our foremost concern. 6.  World-Class Equipment:  Equip yourself with the best, as we provide world-class gear. Our equipment is meticulously maintained and regularly updated to meet the highest industry standards, ensuring your comfort and safety throughout the trek. 7.  Delicious and Nutritious Food with Local Delicacies:  Savor the journey with our culinary delights. Our team takes pride in offering not just nourishing meals but also a variety of options, including delicious and nutritious local dishes. Immerse yourself in the rich flavors of the region as you trek through the breathtaking landscapes. 8.  Expert Trek Leaders – AMC Qualified:  Our trek leaders are not just leaders; they are minimum AMC qualified from recognized institutes. This ensures that you are guided by professionals who understand the nuances of mountain terrain and are well-prepared for any challenges that may arise. 9.  Seasonal Specialization – All Year Adventure:  Parvat Exploration specializes in mountaineering during the prime season and offers captivating winter treks. Whether you’re drawn to the thrill of summer ascents or the serene beauty of winter landscapes, we have the expertise to make your trek extraordinary, regardless of the season. Choose Parvat Exploration for a trek that transcends the ordinary. Your Himalayan adventure awaits, crafted with expertise, passion, and a commitment to making your journey truly exceptional.

Subscribe to our newsletter

Registered address.

150 Harbajwala, Dehradun, Uttarakhand: 248171

Garhwal Head Office

228 Ward No 05, Barkot, Uttarkashi, Uttarakhand: 249141

Kumaon Head Office

Matena, Near KMVN, Almora, Uttarakhand: 263601

• Privacy Policy
• Terms & Conditions
• Environmental Policy
• Cancellation Policy

Parvat Exploration

05ABCFP5491P1ZN

UTDB Cert. No.:

UTTR/ALMORA/13-2023/006463

+91 72176 50905

+91 94561 12947, +91 95281 25747, [email protected], affiliations.

Copyright © 2023 Parvat Exploration. All rights reserved.

Website Developed by Veb Design Solutions

Start typing and press enter to search

Search form

• +91-11-41076073

There is no trip in the wishlist.

KANG YATSE II (6250m)

India, Ladakh

• 12 MAX GROUP SIZE
• 1,01,250 START POINT TO END POINT

• 23 Aug - 4 Sep 2024

105900 / 1660

Select payment full-₹105900 advanced-₹30000 pending-₹75900.

• description
• cost details

What to expect

• photo gallery

The majestic-looking Kang Yatze is the most prominent peak in the Markha Valley. It can be approached through the Markha Valley from either side. It has 2 summits and resembles a King’s Throne. The Western summit, Kangyatse II is lower at 6250m and is quite often climbed, at the same time it is not at all busy like the neighbouring Stok Kangri. It is perfect for people who would like to climb their first 6000-er and would like to stay away from the crowds. The Markha valley offers the perfect acclimatisation trek needed for climbing a 6000m mountain. On a clear day you see views as far as Nun Kun & Zanskar ranges in the West & the K2, Broad Peak & Gasherbrum Massif in the far North.

Day 01: Fly Delhi – Leh (3500m). Rest and Acclimatize

Day 02: sightseeing around leh, day 03: drive leh to skiu (3hrs) and trek to sara (3500m) - (4-5hrs), day 04: trek sara to markha (3700m) (4-5hrs), day 05: trek markha to thachungtse (4150m) (4-5hrs), day 06: trek thachungtse to nimaling (4720m) (3-4hrs), day 07: acclimatisation walk to kongmaru la (5260m) & back to nimaling (3-4hrs), day 08: trek to kang yatze base camp (5150m) (2-3hrs), day 09: rest day, day 10: climb kang yatze ii & descend to base camp - (10-12hrs), day 11: contingency day, day 12: trek to chuskirmo & drive to leh (8-10hrs), day 13: fly back home, 105900 / 1660  , payment schedule.

₹ 30000 / $ 500 - Booking Amount

TRIP COST INCLUDES

• - All transport in a non AC car / tempo traveller as per the itinerary above (including airport transfers in Leh)
• - 3 night's accommodation on twin sharing basis in an A-category (3-star) hotel in Leh on full board 
• - 9 night's accommodation on twin share basis with foam sleeping mats in tents 
• - Mules for porterage of personal and group luggage
• - Full service camping arrangements on the mountain with a large mess tent, tables & stools, toilet tent and a kitchen tent
• - White Magic Trip Leader assisted by certified & experienced climbing guides (1:2 Guide to Client Ratio on the Summit attempt)
• - Services of Cook, kitchen assistant & Camp staff
• - Climbing permit and Camping Fee
• - GST as applicable (Subject to change as per govt rules). 

TRIP COST EXCLUDES

• - Any airfare
• - Sleeping bag, items of personal clothing and personal climbing equipment (budget on spending approx INR 6000 if renting all the equipment at Leh)
• - Expenses of a personal nature like laundry, insurance, beverages and snacks in Leh or any other tea house, tips for guides, cooks & porters
• - Any costs arising out of unforeseen circumstances such as bad weather, landslides, road conditions and any other circumstances beyond our control.
• Note - - Single Room in Hotels and Single Tent during camping can be booked at an additional cost.

Cancellation terms

If it becomes necessary to cancel your trip, you must notify the office immediately in writing. The following terms would be applicable.

•  If you cancel more than 60 days prior to departure, we will charge 5% of the trip cost as cancellation fee and refund the balance.

•  If you cancel less than 60 days prior to departure, we will charge 25% of the trip cost as cancellation fee and refund the balance.

•  If you cancel less than 45 days prior to departure, we will charge a 50% cancellation fee and balance amount would be held as a credit towards a future trip taken within 1 year from the date of cancellation. 

•  If you cancel less than 30 days prior to departure, the entire deposit would be forfeited. 

The tour price is quoted as a package. No partial refunds or credit will be given for services not used. We recommend that you obtain cancellation travel insurance upon booking. If you can replace your spot by getting someone else to take that seat cancellation charges would be waived completely. 

Pls note that these cancellation terms may be amended from time to time.

On a Technical Trek the average day could involve more than 7 hrs of walking.  These trips might cover difficult and glaciated terrain where use of ropes and technical mountaineering equipment like crampons, harness, carabiners, descenders etc could come into play. On these trips one is required to stay at high altitudes for lengthy periods of time and hence  acclimatization is always a big concern. These treks can also throw a bit of surprise largely because of unpredictable nature of the terrain and the snow/ ice conditions in the high mountains and hence we always have a contingency day of two built into the plan.

These trips would last more than two weeks and go to wild, remote places completely cut off from civilization. Trekking peaks also come under the same category as the level of technicality required to climb a trekking peak is similar.

Photo Albums :

1. Photo Album -  Aug-September 2022 2. Photo Album -  July 2022 3. Photo Album -  August 2018

Related Blogs

In chaos, there’s a cosmos

By divya bhalla | 12 oct 2017.

Trekking Peaks in India

By white magic | 5 mar 2017.

Climbing Kang Yatse II(6175m) in Markha Valley

By christine pemberton | 7 oct 2015, similar trips.

KANG YATZE II & DZO JONGO (6280m) - 2 SUMMITS

23 aug - 7 sep 2024.

MERA PEAK CLIMB (6461m)

07 oct - 27 oct 2024.

Explore 360

Find Your Expedition

• Mountaineering
• Desert Treks
• Weekend Wonders
• 360 Pyrenees
• Womens Only
• Meet the 360 Team
• Latest News
• Terms and Conditions
• Grading Information
• 360 Blogs & Updates
• Social Media
• Testimonials

Select Expedition

Need inspiration, kang yatse 2 trek.

P4 - Sustained physical effort calls for a state of high conditioning. You should already have experience of tough challenges (P3) and be regularly training as part of your normal routine. Expect days of up to 8 hours and longer while carrying a pack up to 8-14kg in weight. Summit night could be easily in excess of 12 hours.

Visit our Grading Information page for a full overview.

T3 - May involve harder scrambling or some trekking and climbing with ropes. If snow is encountered then glacier travel with ropes, ice axes and crampons will be necessary. Basic climbing skills are ideal, but these will also be taught (and certainly practiced) during the expedition and pre-summit phase.

Date & Prices

Pics & Vids

Kang Yatse 2 makes for a remote and stunning trek in the heart of Ladakh, an equal to that of Stok Kangri.

Ladakh is a land of many contrasts. It’s one of the highest, driest inhabited regions on Earth, a semi-desert where Buddhism meets Islam, India meets Tibet and where the  Himalayas  meet the Karakoram. Dotted with small villages and ancient monasteries, the high mountain panoramas blend into eternal blue skies and vibrant festivals spring up with cheerful regularity. Arriving from Delhi  into  Leh  (3,524m), we spend a few days acclimatising, exploring the town and local monasteries before heading off on our adventure. Our beautiful circular route takes you through ancient Buddhist culture, monasteries and ever-changing landscape of Markha Valley. Being inaccessible for many months in the winter, the whole area feels as if time has stood still and has allowed rare Himalayan wildlife to thrive. The snowy peak of Kang Yatse 2, looming above the Markha Valley, is one of the most beautiful mountains in the region and provides a unique opportunity to climb to 6,250 metres, especially for someone looking for their first Himalayan summit.

Our Kang Yatse 2 trek mixes adventure with festivity, authentic rural experiences and Western comforts to provide an introduction to mountain climbing that is hard to beat and long remembered.

Date & Prices

For private trips or bespoke itineraries inc. different dates, please contact the 360 office on 0207 1834 360 . A monthly payment plan is possible, please contact the office to chat through the options.

Departure & Return

Flight included

Start: 24 August 2024 End: 06 September 2024

Land Only:   £2,230 Flight Included: £2,880

24 August 2024

06 September 2024

£2,230

£2,880

Start: 06 September 2024 End: 19 September 2024

Leader: Rolfe Oostra

19 September 2024

Start: 09 September 2024 End: 22 September 2024

PRIVATE EXPEDITION

In conjunction with A999 Leader: Jamie Ironmonger.

09 September 2024

22 September 2024

Start: 30 July 2025 End: 12 August 2025

Land Only:   £2,255 Flight Included: £2,905

Stuart Ritchie Trek & Climb Fitness exclusive

30 July 2025

12 August 2025

£2,255

£2,905

Start: 15 August 2025 End: 28 August 2025

15 August 2025

28 August 2025

Start: 04 September 2025 End: 17 September 2025

04 September 2025

17 September 2025

Start: 03 September 2026 End: 16 September 2026

Land Only:   £2,395 Flight Included: £3,045

03 September 2026

16 September 2026

£2,395

£3,045

Please note that if 360 is booking your international flights, a supplement may be applicable

if the flight budget (as seen above) is exceeded.

• Local guides and a 360 guide (depending on group size)
• International flights London to Leh
• Airport transfers in Leh
• Packhorses for porterage
• Accommodation during trek (camping)
• Accommodation in Leh in doubles/twins with breakfast
• All accommodation based on two people sharing
• All food whilst on trek
• Breakfast when city based and 2 dinners
• Climbing gear (crampons, ice axe) for those without
• Park fees and monastery entrance fees
• Monthly payment plan, on request

Not Included

• Indian visa
• Personal equipment
• Staff and guide gratuities
• Personal travel insurance
• Items of a personal nature – laundry, room service, alcohol etc
• Unscheduled meals
• Any additional costs associated with leaving the expedition early including any airline surcharges as a result of changing return airline tickets
• Airport transfers when not booking on with flights
• Single supplement £240

*If you have chosen the ‘land only’ option, you will be advised to book flights to Leh where you will be met by your guide at Leh airport*

DAY 1 : Depart UK

Fly to Delhi and connect to a Leh flight.

DAY 2 : Arrive Leh

The spectacular connection flight over the Himalaya takes us to one of the highest airports in the world at 3,350m. The rest of the day is free to relax and acclimatise to the altitude (3,500m). In the afternoon we can have a wander around Leh and its bazaars and explore our home for the next couple of days.

DAY 3 : Leh. A day of sightseeing

We stay in Leh in order to begin acclimatising. You are welcome to join us on a very leisurely sightseeing tour to three of the major gompas (monasteries) in the area. We first drive to Shey, a former Royal Palace of the Ladakh kings. Inside is a small temple containing a 350-year-old copper and gold statue of Buddha. Next stop is Tikse, perched prominently on top of a hill, its red and white buildings visible for miles. A recently built temple contains a magnificent image of the Future Buddha. Final stop is Stakna, a small, friendly monastery high above the Indus River.

DAY 4 : Leh - Zingchen - Yurutse 4100m (1 hr dive & 4-5 hrs hike)

We drive from Leh to Spituk and continue on a dirt jeep road into a parched and exposed region. After about an hr drive we will enter the Zingchen Valley where the Rumbak River flows into the Indus which makes it way down a canyon. Further into the valley lies a beautiful village of Rumbak, inhabited by 15 families. From Rumbak it’s a short walk to our camp, but very important one in terms of acclimatization, so we will not hurry and take our time to reach the camp.

DAY 5 : Yurutse 4100m – Shingo 4000m via Ganda La 4900m (5-6 hours)

A gradual but long ascent will take us to the pass of Ganda La. The Stupas and prayer flags mark the top of the pass, where one may get glimpse of wildlife such as blue sheep, Marmots and Arghali. Views of the lofty Zanskar Range and the distant Himalaya Range are spectacular.  A gradual descent will bring us to the tiny village of Shingo, inhabited by only 2 families. This will be our campsite for tonight.

DAY 6 : Shingo 4000m – Hamurtse 3500m (5-6 hours)

Shortly after leaving our campsite we enter a narrow gorge will spectacular colors and rock formations. We continue descending in the gorge until it opens onto the green valley of Skiu. In this idyllic village lies an old monastery and ruins of an old castle, once a rest stop for the Royal family on their way to Srinagar. After getting some rest here, we continue to Hamurtse, a green pasture land by the Markha river.

DAY 7 : Hamurtse 3500m - Umlung 3900m (4-5 hrs hike)

The trail continues along the Markha River, with some crossings now and then. We pass the remains of old hermitage caves high on the opposite cliffs. Inside are the remains of tiny caves where lamas once sat in meditation, platforms carved in rock. Look also at the Chortens, inside

are piles of tiny ‘Tsatsas’, the remains of ashes of the departed formed into tiny pyramids. After about 4 hours of hike we reach the village of Markha, the largest village in the valley and inhabited by 20 families. After taking a good rest in the village, we continue along the Markha River and soon come across a mountain that seats the auspicious monastery of Techa. It’s a steep half an hour climb to the monastery, but it’s worth visiting. From here, it is a short walk to Umlung.

DAY 8 : Umlung 3900m - Thachungtse 4100m (4-5 hours)

The trail continues along the Markha River, past old stone-mills, a ruined castle and the village of Hankar, the last one in the valley. After leaving the village of Umlung, we will get our first view of snowy peaks above Nimaling, which will stay in sight until we cross Chaktsdang La.  Our campsite for tonight will be the lovely green pasture of Thachungste.

DAY 9 : Thachungtse 4100m – Base Camp 4950 m (3-4 hrs)

It is a short distance from Thachungtse to Base Camp but the trail is steep at places and we are likely to feel the effect of the altitude.  After about 2 hours of ascend we reach the beautiful plateau of Nimaling, where the people of the Markha valley bring their animals to graze during the summer months.  From Nimaling, it’s a gradual climb up towards Base Camp.

DAY 10 : Acclimatisation walk 4950m

After a hearty breakfast, we go for an acclimatization walk by climbing little higher.

By noon we are back at the BC and enjoy a warm meal for lunch. We spend the afternoon relaxing and preparing the gears.

DAY 11 : Base Camp 4950m - Summit 6200m- Base Camp (8-12 hrs)

Early morning push for the summit. The first part of the mountain is usually free of snow by August and we walk on rocky terrain, but at around 5500m we hit the snow and put our crampons. The route is quite straightforward and easy to negotiate, however as we climb higher it gets steeper.

Once on the summit we have a spectacular views of the Himalayan range to the south and Karakoram to the north. After enjoying the view and putting prayer flags on the summit we descend down to Base Camp and get a well-deserved rest.

DAY 12 : BC - Shang Sumdo - Leh via Kongmaru La 5200m (6-7 hrs hike & 1.30 hr drive)

After a short hike from BC we gradually ascend towards Kongmaru La, the highest pass on Markha Valley trek. Once on the top we have beautiful views of Kang Yatse 2 and the surrounding peaks. The descent is quite steep at places, but gradually levels out as we enter Shang Gorge, with its colourful and fascinating rock formations. Some river crossings bar our way before we arrive at the tiny village of Chogdo. Here, we say farewell to our horses and horsemen we drive back to Leh.

DAY 13 : Leh to Delhi

We have an early start from Leh to catch our flight back to Delhi. All flights from Leh arrive either mid-morning or early afternoon into Delhi as, flying later in the day, there is always the risk of storms over the mountain.

Flights from Delhi back to the UK generally depart late evening or early morning which means we’ll have a bit of a long layover (somewhere between 9-12 hours depending on which flights we secure).

There are a few options:

As there is no left luggage store at the airport it may be worth booking a room at a local hotel (if there are a few of you) and leaving your big bags for the day. There are lots of hotels around the airport ranging in price and luxury (check booking.com) so you could always book a room and sleep all day.

The airport is well-served by public transport (the metro is great and goes directly to the airport) so you could take a trip into town and see some of the sights – there are also lots of companies offering sightseeing tours from the airport.

Just make sure that whatever you do, you are back at the airport with your bags ready to check in for your flight back to the UK!

DAY 14 : Depart Delhi / Arrive UK

Today’s timings are dependent on your international flights.

If 360 are securing your flights, you will generally be departing Delhi in the early hours of the morning and arriving back to the UK today.

This will be dictated by flight routes, times and costs and if you tick “flights included”, then 360 team will do their utmost to find the most appropriate flights, giving you the best options. Please do let the office team know at the time of booking if you have a preference, and we will always do our best to accommodate.

These are subject to minor changes depending on flight arrival and departure times, weather, group dynamics and fitness and so on, but the itinerary outlined provides an excellent indication of the expedition and what you will experience.

Check out our video on YouTube for what to expect –  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V1OIgvrSSPw

Bags & Packs

A 90 -120L duffel bag to transport kit.  A duffel bag is a strong, soft, weather resistant bag without wheels but with functional straps for carrying. Suitcases and wheeled bags are not suitable

Approx. 40L capacity. Your day to day pack that you carry with your daily essentials, fitted with shoulder straps and importantly a waist belt

Nylon rolltop bags that keep fresh clothing and other important items like passports and iPods dry in the event of a total downpour that seeps into your kitbag. Good for quarantining old socks.

Please note that many countries are now banning plastic bags. We would always advise buying re-usable nylon rolltop bags for keeping your kit dry (and sustainability).

Waterproof rucksack cover

To protect rucksack from rain

Small kit bag or light bag

This is for any kit you intend to leave at the hotel and could even simply be a heavy duty plastic bag

For use on your kit bag for travel and on the expedition plus your hotel bag

Quantity: 2

Sleeping Gear

4 season sleeping bag.

You should get a sleeping bag rated to -10C and choose a sleeping bag that functions within the comfort rating of this temperature. A silk sleeping bag liner will enhance this rating on the coldest nights

Sleeping bag liner

Silk is best for keeping the bag clean and you a little warmer

Sleeping mat

A full length self-inflating rather than ¾ length Thermarest

Warm headgear

This can be a warm hat, beanie, balaclava, anything to reduce the heat loss from your head

Wide brimmed hat

Keeps the sun off exposed areas like ears and the nape of the neck

Essential for protection from the sun and dust

Preferably wraparound style

Ski goggles

For days when it may be snowing and very windy.  They can be very useful on summit day.

Generally, these are only necessary on winter ascents, between October and May/June, but do chat to us if you are on a transition trek in June for up to date info on the expected weather. For these treks, we would generally say if you already have goggles then bring them, as they can be a handy addition if we get snowy weather. If you do not, then good Category 4 sunglasses would suffice.

Buy the highest SPF you can find as UV intensifies with altitude

Sun cream will not work on your lips and they are very susceptible to burn without proper protection

This is the layer closest to the skin and its principal function is to draw (wick) moisture and sweat away from the skin. You can also get thermal base layers for use at higher altitudes that provide an additional insulative layer while still drawing sweat during times of high exertion

Quantity: 3

These are typically lightweight microfleeces or similar technology that provide varying degrees of warmth and insulation without being overly bulky or heavy to pack

Gilet (optional)

Optional – A great low volume additional layer to keep your core warm, whether down, primaloft or fleece

Light insulated jacket

A lighter jacket such as a Primaloft or lightweight down which can be worn at lower to mid altitudes is a great addition to your kit offering greater flexibility with layering

Soft Shell (optional)

Optional – These should be windproof (not all are) and insulative. They are mostly made of soft polyester and sometimes resemble a neoprene finish which makes them very mobile and comfortable to wear. While offering a degree of weather repellence, they are not waterproof

These jackets are thin, highly waterproof and windproof and worn over all other items of clothing. You’ll find these made of Gore-Tex or other proprietary waterproof yet breathable technology. Inexpensive hard shells that aren’t breathable will prevent evaporation, making you sweat intensely and are not recommended

Down jacket

These provide the best insulation and are worth every penny. Ask advice in the shop (or from us) when buying the jacket and mention you want it rated to -20C and the assistant will recommend the correct fill for you

Warm gloves

Consider liners or a light polartec pair for lower altitudes and evenings, and a thicker waterproof pair like ski gloves for higher altitudes

Down mitts & waterproof mitts

Essential for higher altitudes and cold temperatures. To be worn with a liner glove underneath and waterproof & windproof layer over the top.

T-shirts / Trekking tops

For wearing in Leh and lower down the mountain when the weather is warm.

Trekking trousers

These tend to be polyester so they dry quickly after a shower and weigh little in your pack. Consider perhaps a pair with detachable lower legs as an alternative to shorts

Softshell trousers

Windproof or thermal lined trekking trousers for higher altitudes and the summit phase. Thermal leggings can still be worn underneath if necessary

Thermal insulation for the lower body

Waterproof overtrousers

Like the jacket, an essential piece of kit to stay dry and should also be Goretex

Merino or wicking material, not cotton. How many pairs you take is entirely up to you

For wearing in Leh on your days off and for lower down on the mountain. Whilst Leh is fairly liberal, longer shorts are preferable.

4 season trekking boots

Well worn in, 4-season waterproof boots with mid to high ankle support. These will be worn to walk to base camp only and can be substituted for approach shoes or sturdy trainers if preferred.

Mountaineering boots (B2 or B3)

One or the other depending on what you already own and/or what your future mountaineering goals are.

B2 Four Season mountain boots with a stiffer midsole and supportive (and often warmer) upper. With just enough flex for a natural walking action, these are suitable for winter walking and alpine mountaineering, and may be sufficient on easy winter climbs (or even a bit higher up the grades, if you have small feet). Compatible with C1 and semi-automatic C2 crampons. The best choice if you want a year-round mountain boot that can do a bit of everything.

B3 fully rigid technical mountain boots, suitable for front pointing on steeper winter climbing ground, but as a result generally less comfy, too heavy and too warm for other uses. The category is split between both technical climbing boots and high altitude mountaineering double boots. Featuring ledges at both heel and toe, for compatibility with C3 step-in cramponsalthough it is not uncommon for them to be paired with a lighter C2 crampon.

These will be worn for your summit climb and should be sized to allow for two pairs of thick socks to be worn with them.

Trekking socks

Start with lighter socks lower down, working up to thicker pairs for higher up as it gets colder. Some people like a clean pair every day, others are happy to change every other day – that’s a personal choice

Spare laces

Just in case

For camp, saves stomping around in heavy boots for the entire day. You could also opt for walking sandals or Crocs.

Technical Equipment

Climbing harness (available locally at no cost).

We recommend Petzl harnesses. Try a variety on in a shop before you buy to ensure a good fit. Legs clips are a good option and avoid having to step into the harness to put it on. Harnesses are available locally at no cost.

HMS Locking karabiners

Climbing equipment, for attaching a rope to your harness

Sling (60cm)

Quantity: 1

Ice Axe (available locally at no cost)

A walking ice axe between 55cm and 65cm. Go to an outdoor shop and try different ones for weight and size so that you get one that feels good to you (available locally at no cost)

Crampons (available locally at no cost)

12 point mountaineering crampons with anti-balling plates that fit your specific boots (not ice climbing crampons), (available locally at no cost)

Micro crampons

A smaller style of crampon, designed to give you a bit more grip on more icy terrain when full crampons are too much, or if you’re wearing lighter boots. Microspikes can be invaluable on slippery slopes, and we would suggest they are carried in your day pack with you when higher up on the hill. Please note these cannot be hired in situ – but as they are only around £15, hopefully a good little investment for you anyway!

(An example here , though other brands and styles are of course available.)

Water purification

Although generally all water is boiled some prefer to double up and add purification tabs as well. Always good to have in your bag

Water bottles/bladder

3L equivalent – Camelbaks are useful at lower altitudes but have a tendency to freeze up at higher altitudes without insulation tubes, Nalgene bottles are better at altitude and can be put in your down jacket

Pee bottle (+ optional Shewee for the girls!)

A good idea if you are storm bound at higher camps. A 1ltr Nalgene bottle is a good option but do make sure you label it as your pee bottle!!

Keep it simple on the mountain. Essentials are handsoap, toothbrush, toothpaste and deodorant. Moisturiser is advisable, everything else is a luxury!

Travel towel

Travel towels from the likes of Lifesystems are perfect

Preferably biodegradable, these are great for washing when modern shower facilities become a thing of the past

Alcohol gel

A must have for good camp hygiene

Insect repellent

For early stages and once back down

Toilet paper

Provided on the mountain but a spare in your daysack may be useful if you need to hide behind a rock between camps

Nappy sacks or dog poo bags

Only needed to bag your toilet paper if you are caught short in between camps and for keeping your rubbish tidy in your tent

Medications

Personal first aid kit.

Your own first aid kit should contain: A basic blister kit, plasters, antiseptic, sun-protection, any personal medication, basic pain relief (paracetamol/aspirin/ibuprofen), strepsils, anti-nauseau, a personal course of antibiotics if prone to illness etc.

Personal medication

Keep this in your daysack

Miscellaneous

We recommend Petzl head torches. Bring spare batteries.

Trekking poles

These tend to be a personal preference but help with your stability and can dampen the pressure on the knees coming down hill

Bring plenty of spare batteries and memory cards

Penknife (optional)

Sewing kit (optional).

You will be fed very well and given snacks each day however we advise bringing a small selection as a little bit of comfort.  For summit night it’s always good to have a few extra chunky bars for that extra boost. Energy gels and protein bars are not suitable

Documentation

Don’t forget this! Your passport should have at least 6 months validity.  With your passport expiry date at least six months after the final day of travel.

Copy of passport

Scan of passport picture page

Passport photos x 4

We need these to obtain your climbing and trekking permits

A visa can be obtained from the Indian Embassy in London or using the e-visa website . Non UK residents should check with their local Indian Embassy

Dental check up

We recommend you have a dental check-up before your trip. New fillings can be an issue at altitude if there is an air pocket left in the gap

We recommend you take around $120 – $150 onto the mountain in small denominations to tip the local team. Plus about $250 for any extras along the way, satellite phone calls etc.

Travel insurance

Copy of own travel insurance details.  And relevant contact numbers.

We have a partnership with True Traveller and would recommend that you contact them when looking for travel insurance for your trip with 360. However, it is vital that you ensure that the insurance cover they offer is suitable for you, taking your personal circumstances (items to be insured, cancellation cover, medical history) into account. Many other insurance providers are available and we do recommend that you shop around to get the best cover for you on the expedition you are undertaking.

It is your responsibility to ensure that you have the appropriate insurance for your intended trip.  To include medical evacuation and coverage up to the maximum altitude of this trip.

Food and Water

What will we be eating.

Food served on this trek is vegetarian and consists of a wide variety of Tibetan, Indian and continental dishes.

Breakfast:  Chapati, bread,  jam, cheese, butter, cornflakes, omelette, porridge, pancake, tea, coffee

Lunch: bread, cheese, jam, fruit, spring rolls, chocolate, boiled potato and egg.

Dinner: Tibetan, Indian and continental dishes.

If you have food allergies, let us know in advance and we’ll do our best to cater for these.

Where does the drinking water come from?

Drinking water comes from a stream or spring near the campsite. As it’s mostly rain run off or snow melt it’s going to be pretty pure to start with but we’ll boil or treat anyway for good measure.

How often is fresh water available to top up during the day?

There are streams and springs on the way so bring purification tablets or a water filter (the latter are noticeably heavier and bulkier than the former) you can replenish whenever you run out, but generally we fill our bottles up in the morning before we set off.

Accommodation

How big are the tents.

We use 3 man tents for two people to give you a bit more personal space and more room for your gear.

Will I have my own room/tent?

Most altitude related symptoms manifest themselves at night. We therefore recommend room and tent sharing from the onset of all our expeditions. Room share is always organised according to sex and where possible age groups. Obviously if you are climbing this mountain with a friend or partner then share rooms with them. If you have joined the team by yourself then it is highly likely that you will be sharing a room with your pre-assigned room buddy unless prior arrangements have been made.

If you would like your own room/tent, please let us know.

How much will it cost to have a single room/tent?

We can definitely arrange a single room, and a tent if you wish (though do see the question above on why we recommend tent sharing).

A single supplement for the hotel nights is £190, and for the tents it’s £50 so if you’d like a single supplement for the full expeditions, it’ll be £240.

Do you use a mess tent for dining and relaxing?

Yes, we provide dining tents for meals and to relax and wind down in after a day’s walking.

Will the camp be freshly set up or will we be staying at existing camps at a set site on the way up? What will the lavatorial facilities be?

There are no fixed camps in the mountains, so we carry all camping gear with us on horses, pitching camp near some of the reliable water sources. In terms of the camp “facilities”, there is a portaloo toilet in its own tent, and a shower tent.

I have seen some companies offer an additional night at high camp - why does 360 not opt for this plan?

There are several reasons for not having a high camp The main reasons for this are:

• High Camp is colder, windier and rocky, which affects the sleep and rest of the climbers, which results in climbers are more exhausted on climbing day. BC is more warmer, less windy and climbers have more energy for summit day.
• No water and enough space to put tents for both clients and crew.
• The distance from BC to HC is only about 1 hour 30 which doesn’t make a big difference.
• Horses cannot go beyond BC, so we need to have extra porters to carry all gear to HC, which will increase the cost.

Health and Safety

Am i likely to suffer from altitude sickness on this expedition.

There are different types of altitude sickness. Although our acclimatisation regime ensures that everybody enjoys the best possible chance of getting high on the mountain, altitude related problems can happen. The most common of this is high altitude sickness – AMS (Acute Mountain Sickness). Symptoms for this can include headaches, nausea and vomiting.

This sounds quite dramatic but generally this is just the process your body naturally goes through to adjust to the higher altitudes and the reduced partial pressure of the atmosphere. For some people the acclimatisation process takes a little longer than others.

For our guides this is all part and parcel of ascending a 6,000m peak and, although we assess each client’s personal situation carefully, we also further consider the compounding effects of dehydration brought on by excessive vomiting and loss of appetite.

What can I do to help prevent AMS?

In most cases AMS can be avoided by the following: drink plenty of water, walk slowly, stay warm and eat well – and listen and talk to your guides.

We recommend that you familiarise yourself with the various effects that altitude can cause. During your pre-climb briefing, we will describe altitude sickness to you in detail, and advise you how to cope with it.

The most important thing is not to fear it, but to respect it and to know how to deal with it and more importantly tell your guides how you feel. Our guides have seen every condition that the mountain produces, and they will always know how to deal with problems.

Is there a risk of getting HACE (High Altitude Cerebral Edema) and HAPE (High Altitude Pulmonary Edema) on the mountain?

HACE and HAPE rarely occur on this trek and our guides are fully trained in recognition of the onset of these problems and will deal with them at the first sign of their development.

Should I bring Diamox on the expedition with me?

Although we recommend you come armed with a course of Diamox or other high-altitude drug on this expedition, we do not recommend that take you these as a prophylactic during the trek or climb. We view Diamox as a treatment drug rather than a preventative medicine. Most adventure medics give similar advice, however we do appreciate this can be confusing, as many GPs (who aren’t necessarily mountaineers) do suggest taking it as a prophylactic.

We pride ourselves on designing all our itineraries with acclimatisation very much front and centre and this expedition itinerary has been carefully designed to allow for your body to adjust to the altitude gradually, safely and comfortably. However, if you find that you are still having problems adjusting to the altitude (see our FAQ on Altitude Sickness) then your expedition leader or expedition medic will recommend the correct course of action regarding taking Diamox.

Should I take Diamox?

It is far preferable to take Diamox if and when needed during the course of the expedition. If you are already taking it and then start having altitude related problems you are left with few options but to descend to a more comfortable altitude which sadly often means that the summit is not attainable.

Furthermore, Diamox is a diuretic, meaning you will have to drink a lot of fluid to prevent dehydration. Of course, the upshot of this is you’ll have to pee more which means you’ll probably be having to get up more in the night and take cover behind rocks during the day. Another quite common side-effect is that it can cause your extremities to “buzz and tingle” including your fingers, toes and lips which can feel quite unsettling. Other side-effects can include dizziness and light headedness with loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea. Although all these side-effects are manageable when you have symptoms of altitude sickness, we personally believe it is counter-intuitive to take it unless necessary.

Of course, it is totally up to you, this is just our recommendation and we’re not doctors. If you do decide to take Diamox on the advice of your doctor then please do let your leader know in situ so they are aware of this. We also suggest you take the drug for a couple of days a few weeks before travelling so you can experience the symptoms before taking them during the trek.

What happens if there is a problem on the mountain?

We’re in the developing world now, and help isn’t quite so easily at hand. However, if there’s a serious injury or sickness the 360 leader carries a satellite phone and we can get a helicopter from the Indian Air Force to airlift a casualty to Leh. Remember you’ll need insurance to cover the expenses if this does happen.

What if I get sick and I am unable to complete the climb?

If you do have a medical issue and are not able to complete the climb then we take you to the nearest roadhead, usually Skiu (do note this can take a few days to reach) and drive back to Leh. In very severe cases we can also arrange a helicopter evacuation. This cost will be covered by yourself / thereafter your insurance company.

Please do note that it is rare that people get any altitude sickness after being in the mountains for so long and crossing the other passes, but if you do we have an evacuation plan in place as mentioned.

Do I need to take malarial drugs? Do I need to have a yellow fever certificate?

There is no malaria or yellow fever in Ladakh, and you don’t need a yellow fever certificate unless you are traveling from an area where yellow fever is present.

What vaccinations do I need?

The standard vaccinations that are generally recommended for travel to the Indian subcontinent are Hepatitis A, Typhoid, Diphtheria, Tetanus and Polio. Some people consider a rabies jab to be important. However, we recommend that you consult your doctor or nearest travel clinic for the most recent advice.

You advocate taking a small first aid kit, what should it have in it?

We advocate a little bit of self-help on the trek. If you have a blister developing for example then please stop take off your boot and treat it before it becomes a problem.

We would recommend your own first aid kit should contain:

Diamox, or other high-altitude drug, enough for the duration of expedition; a basic blister kit, plasters, antiseptic, sun protection, your own personal medication (your luggage might not get to camp before you and so you may not be able to take your medicine according to the regime you are used to), basic pain relief (paracetamol /aspirin/ibuprofen,) a personal course of antibiotics if prone to illness – two different types are preferable, as back up, anti-diarrhoea tablets if you do have a more sensitive stomach etc. Foot powder in your socks every morning is great for preventing blisters. Generally, the best approach to take when packing your first aid kit is to include such basic medications as if you would on a family or personal holiday.

Having said that, your 360 expedition leader and/or a member of the local crew does carry a very comprehensive first aid kit which contains a wide range of supplies, and they are fully trained to use whatever is needed for any emergency that may arise.

What are the temperatures like on the mountain?

The weather during our climbing season is generally bright and clear in the day, with temperatures up to 25-30 degrees C. The night times can be chillier, especially at altitude, so we would expect temperatures of around 5 degrees C at night in July and August, dropping to 0 degrees C in September.

No matter the weather further down, on summit night it will be cold, and temperatures down to -10 C are not unusual! We recommend good layering system – do have a look at our kit list, and chat to us in the 360 office if you have questions.

What are the temperatures like back in Leh?

The temperatures in Leh will be anywhere between 15C and 35C so shorts and t-shirts will be fine, possibly trousers in the evening on a cooler day.

What clothing should I wear on the mountain?

If this is your first foray into high altitude climbing and don’t already own much equipment then we advocate borrowing gear from friends, buying second hand (not shoes) or hiring from our partners Outdoorhire.co.uk as the cost of buying everything on the kit list can be more than the trip itself.

Our guides usually start the walk wearing long, lightweight trekking trousers and T-shirts. Long trousers are recommended as a deterrent to insects, stinging plants and to act as sun protection. Shorts can also be worn on the initial few days of the trek as the temperature is usually warm. Ensure that you apply sun- protection frequently, or buy a once a day product such as P20 if you’re not very good at remembering to apply it. Sunglasses are worn for most of the trek as well as sunhats.

The prevailing conditions on the mountain will dictate what you will wear: if it is cold when you leave the camp in the morning then wear your fleece. As things warm up take advantage of the zipper system which most trekking clothing has – open and close the zips to adjust to your own preferred temperature. If you get too warm then take a layer off.

Over the top of your clothing you will wear a climbing harness and be attached to a rope for some of the day.

Waterproofs are needed on hand at all times. Kang Yatse 2 is a big mountain that creates its own weather system. It is not unusual to be caught out in an afternoon rainstorm low down on the trek. Waterproofs should be Goretex material or similar.

What is the best type of footwear to use?

Whilst high altitude mountaineering boots are generally essential for climbing 6,000m peaks, Kang Yatse 2 at the end of summer can sometimes be the exception to this rule! That being said, conditions vary greatly depending on that seasons weather and you will need to be prepared for the worst of the conditions. This means you will need either B2 or B3 boots for the summit bid. These boots should be big enough for 2 thick pairs of socks to be worn inside them.

For the approach to base camp you will need 4 season waterproof boots , or approach shoes. It is highly recommended that you have adequate ankle support and your boots are well worn in to prevent the formation of blisters.

Crampons aren’t always required on Kang Yatse 2, and again very much depend on the snow conditions on the mountain. Crampons will be provided in-country if you don’t have your own.

A range of suitable boots are on the market and further advice as to which brand names are available can be found online or at your local gear store and do also check out our useful guide for boots and crampons .

What will happen to my mountain hardware during the climb?

All the mountain hardware (crampons, ice axes, etc) will be brought directly to the camp by porters.

What do our guides wear on summit day?

On summit day it can get cold and temperatures of 0C to -10C are not unusual.

Typically our guides wear 2 sets of base layers (long johns), a thick fleece layer (top and bottom) and then on the legs waterproofs whilst on the upper torso a down jacket is worn. As the wind picks up near the summit ridge our guides will put on their windproof layer to ward of the wind chill. On their hands they’ll wear a thin layer of fleece working gloves over the top of which a thicker set of ski gloves or mittens is worn.

Their heads are covered by a thermal beanie hat or a thick balaclava and the hood of their down jackets. On their feet the guides wear one pair of thin socks and one pair of thick.

Waterproofs are used as an invaluable windshield to protect you against the effect of wind chill when a strong wind blows.

Are down jackets necessary?

They are highly recommended and are worth their weight in gold on summit day. Our guides wear them every evening from the high camp up. A layer system comprising of several layers of base and thermal layers, fleeces, and a thick jacket will suffice on most summit nights but nothing beats the efficiency of a good down jacket (especially when topped with a water proof layer).

How warm does my sleeping bag need to be?

Should be rated within the -10C comfort zone. From the first camp upwards it is not unusual to experience frosty nights and a good night’s sleep is important to giving you the best chance to climb this mountain. Ensure you get a sleeping bag that has this temperature rating at this comfort zone rather than as its extreme zone.

Our guides take sleeping bags rated to well below -10C to ensure that they are warm at night. 3 season sleeping bags can be enhanced by using an inner silk liner (or similar), and ultimately by draping your down jacket over you. The idea is to be as comfortable and warm as possible for the night and henceforth to ensure plenty of sleep for the arduous days ahead. It is important to remember that down sleeping bags work by your own body heating the down that’s inside the bag.

Once you have warmed the bag up the feather down will retain the heat and ensure that you sleep at a temperature that’s your own body temperature. For best results wear as little as possible when inside your sleeping bag. Our guides will often only wear a set of thermals in their bag. It is important for the bag to trap the heat. By wearing multiple layers of clothing your clothing will trap this heat and your bag will not function properly.

Do I need a helmet?

Helmets aren’t mandatory for Kang Yatse, on the steeper sections of the summit we are roped up to limit the risk of slipping. However, if you would like to bring a helmet as added protection then you are welcome to do so!

How much should my pack weigh during the trek?

A daysack is worn by the climber at all times during the trek. The contents of this is mandatory and should include: a fleece (for when taking breaks or the weather changes); a full set (top and bottom) of waterproofs; sufficient water for the day; snacks; camera equipment; personal medication and a head torch.

Your personal rucksack should weigh no more then 3 – 4 kilos (plus water) and a rucksack of around 30 – 40L capacity will more than suffice. It is important that your day sack has an adjustable waist belt to transfer the weight of your daily load onto your hips and from here onto your legs (strongest muscles) to do most of the carrying. Another handy feature would be a compartment in which to fit a platypus/ camelbak or water bladder.

Your main luggage will be carried from camp to camp by horses. This bag should weigh between 10kg -15kg (15kg is the absolute maximum).

Can I leave my civvies at the hotel whilst we’re on the mountain?

Yes, you can leave a bag of clothes and personal effects that you’re not planning to take up the mountain in Leh, they will either be looked after by our local team or left in a lock-up at the hotel.

Is it possible to rent equipment before I go?

You can rent equipment from our friends at www.outdoorhire.co.uk. Look under Partner Kit Lists, 360 Expeditions. However, we do advocate the use of personal equipment when it comes to footwear, your boots should be well worn in to your own feet. If you do need crampons or ice axes, etc, these will be provided in situ, at no additional cost.

What is the best time of the year to do this trek?

June to September are generally the best months for climbing Kang Yatse 2, usually offering clear and consistent weather, and good temperatures! Whilst there can sometimes be rain/snow showers, it is usually very stable. The earlier and later ends of the season also have the added advantage of fewer trekkers!

How much ascent will there be on summit night?

Summit night, like that of Stok Kangri, is punchy. We will start between midnight and 1 am, and hope to be on the summit 8 to 10 hours later.  There will be approximately 1,200m of altitude gain on this night and you are to expect a 16 hour day – it will be well worth it though!

How high is Kang Yatse 2? I can see it is noted anywhere between 6,195m and 6,350m?

Kang Yatse is split into two peaks. You have the higher, more technical peak Kang Yatse at 6,496m. This peak involves a difficult knife-edge traverse.

The lower western peak, Kang Yatse 2 (the one we will be climbing) has been recorded at the height of anything between 6,195m and 6,350m. No concrete height has been recorded…! So, for now, we use the height of 6,250m, which is the most common documented.

What is the ratio of leaders to clients?

On the trekking phase we have one overall 360 leader who will run the expedition, assisted by 1 local guide to every 8 trekkers. Once we reach base camp the team increases and we have a ratio of 1 local guide to every 4 trekkers.

How out of my comfort zone will I be?

On a day to day level remember that you will be camping at altitude in cold temperatures. You are likely to be cold, washing and toilet facilities will be limited, your appetite may be affected by the altitude and as you get higher on the trek you are likely to suffer shortness of breath and many people experience difficulty sleeping. Remember that everyone on the trek is likely to be experiencing exactly the same symptoms, physical and mental.

How fit do I need to be for this expedition?

Climbers are expected to be in good physical condition. The better your physical shape the more you will be able to handle the demands of trekking to the base camp and then climbing the peak. Having a good level of fitness will allow you to enjoy the expedition all the better and increase your chances of reaching the summit.

Several excellent training plans can also be found online to prepare you for this ascent. Check the thorough advice offered by UpHill Athlete .

The Weather

Is there always snow on the summit of kang yatse 2.

Yes… as it is the north -west face there is always snow ! Due to this we will be providing you with Camp and Petzl crampons, ice axe and a harness for this summit push. Your boots must be good sturdy trekking boost B2 or B3 boots. Once we reach the snow line we will be roped up.

How cold / hot can it get?

The temperature in the mountains can vary from 30C during the  day to 0C in the evenings. Add some windchill on summit day, and it could be somewhat cooler. In Leh the temperatures vary between 15 – 35C.

Where do I meet my 360 leader?

Your guide will generally meet you at the airport, at the check-in desk look for someone wearing a 360 logo! Specific details will be confirmed nearer your departure.

Where should I book flights to if I'm booking them myself?

You will need to book flights to and from Leh.

You will be shared the flight details the rest of your team are booked on to, and will be directed to book flights that correspond to these where possible.

Do I need special insurance for this expedition?

You must carry individual travel insurance to take part in the expedition. We cannot take you on the mountain without proof of insurance.

It is your responsibility to ensure that you have the appropriate insurance for your intended trip to include, at a minimum, medical evacuation and coverage up to the maximum altitude of this trip. 

Your insurance details are requested on the booking form, however this can be arranged at a later date, though we would always suggest having cancellation insurance in place at the time of booking. 360 Expeditions will be requesting your insurance details 8 weeks before your departure if we have not received them prior to this. Links to insurance companies past trekkers have used can be found here .

Any tips on how I can maximise my chances of success?

The 360 training programs have been devised to be expedition specific. Use these as a guide but also feel free to contact us for individual advice on how to best incorporate the most suitable fitness program with your own lifestyle. The idea is to increase the intensity of the exercise over 4 to 6 months before you leave for the expedition. Concentrate on cardiovascular work-outs during the initial weeks by taking short runs when time allows and try to spend at least 2 weekends a month going on long duration walks (longer than 6 hrs) carrying a rucksack of around 10kg. As you get stronger increase this rate of exercise and the duration by walking every weekend and running 5km every second day.

A focused regime will not only prepare your body for carrying minor loads but will harden your body against the big days on the mountain itself. In addition the weekend walks will help break in your boots and get you used to your equipment. In combination this will pay dividends when you reach Kang Yatse 2 because even though you can’t train for altitude your body will be ready for arduous days and you will be familiar with how to best use your equipment.

When is the money due for this expedition? What kind of payment do you accept?

Generally speaking, deposits are due upon booking, as we need to book your international flights well in advance. The full amount should be paid 4 months prior to departure. However having said this, our aim is to get you to the top of this mountain and we understand that personal financial situations can vary. Please contact our friendly office crew to discuss a suitable payment plan if monthly payments would make life easier.

What is your cancellation policy? What is your refund policy?

Please read our terms and conditions carefully before you depart. 360 Expeditions highly recommends trip cancellation insurance for all expeditions. Due to the nature and heavy costs of government and operator permits we must adhere to a stringent refund policy.

Money: what currency should I take?

You can’t buy or sell Indian Rupees outside of India. Therefore we would recommend taking either British pounds or American dollars and then changing them when you arrive in country. Both are readily recognised and are easily converted to the local currency. Upon arrival there will always be a bureau de change at the airport. There are also plenty of ATM’s around Leh. Generally either of these provide a better rate of exchange then your hotel.

Again, do check with your bank, what the charges are for withdrawing cash in India.

What additional spending money will we need?

The amount of money you will need depends on how many presents you wish to buy or how much you wish to drink when you come off the hill. As a basic rule of thumb $300 should be more than adequate and includes your tip money – see below. India is a relatively cheap place and when indulging in the local custom of haggling then goods can be very good value for money. The only cash you’ll need to consider taking with you on the mountain is the local crew tips which are presented to them usually on the final evening at the last camp before you sign out from the national park.

How much do we tip our local crew?

Our local crew work extremely hard to ensure that your expedition runs well. While tipping is not compulsory, once you see how hard the crew work and realise the small amount of money they get paid relative to one’s own income, tipping will seem the least you can do to say thank you. As a general rule we suggest between $80-100 for tipping the local crew.

Tipping the 360 leader is at your discretion.

If I book 'Without Flights', will I have to book flights to Leh?

Yes. If you have chosen ‘Without Flights’ option, you will be advised to book flight to Leh where you will be met by your guide at Leh airport.

We will give you the flight times of the rest of the team so that you can arrange flights that fit with the same schedule.

Electronics

Will i be able to charge my camera/phone battery on the trek.

Opportunities to charge your batteries will be limited. If you can get hold of a solar battery charger this is probably the best option. This together with making sure that you keep your spare batteries warm i.e. by keeping them near your body day and night should mean that you can keep snapping all the way!

We use PowerTraveller for our power packs and solar charges and would highly recommend them!

Is there mobile phone reception on the trek?

There is very intermittent phone signal during the trek and climb so the team will be reliant on satellite phones and 2-way radios. During the time in Leh and Delhi there will be 3G signal in some places and most hotels also offer free/cheap wifi packages in certain areas.

Will my valuables be safe?

While we will do everything we can to provide adequate safety for the group and security for your possessions, the general rule is that if you don’t need it, don’t bring it. This includes jewellery, necklaces, rings and even watches. Your passport and money should be kept on you at all times. As with travel in any foreign country, you need to look after yourself and your possessions, and this is no different.

Will I need a visa?

You do need a visa to visit India and can apply for this from up to 30 days before your date of departure.

Please get in touch with us if you’ve got any Pakistani heritage as this could be problematic for your visa application.

The expedition was well organised and we had great guides both local and from 360. Professional and fun, and prepared to got the extra mile to make the magic happen! I loved the fact that it’s less busy so the experience was more of a journey. I got to celebrate my 40th birthday on the mountain!

For those obsessed with mountains and clouds this one is for you!

Kang yatse 2, request a brochure.

Twin Peak - Kang Yatse II, Dzo Jongo, Markha Valley Trek

Ladakh | India

Max Altitude

Trekking Km

Get in Touch with Our Trek Expert

64500 /person $ /person.

• August-2024
• September-2024
• +5% GST (goods and services tax)
• Services Leh to Leh | Included Transport

Offload 5500

Backpack offload is optional

Choose add-ons during booking. If missed, log in and add them later.

Book off-load at least 10 days before the trek.

For offline bookings at the base camp, a convenience fee of Rs. 5800 applies.

Cancellations made before the trip date will receive a full refund.

For more information. Please complete this form.

Trek Name: Twin Peak - Kang Yatse II, Dzo Jongo, Markha Valley Trek

Adventure Type: Trekking

Base Camp: Leh

Season: Monsoon | Autumn |

Month: July | August | September | October |

Country: India

Altitude: 20500 Ft.

Grade: Difficult

Rail Head: -

Stay: Camping (Twin sharing)(Separate for male & Female) & Hotel/Guesthouse

Food: Meals while on trek (Veg + Egg)

Location: Ladakh

Distance: 90 Km.

Trail Type: Cross over trail | Start in one valley, traverse the pass, and ends in another valley.

AirPort: Leh (Kushok Bakula Rimpochee)

Located in the beautiful Markha Valley of Ladakh, Kang Yatse II and Dzo Jongo are two of the most prominent peaks in the region. While Kang Yatse II is quite popular among the trekking community, Dzo Jongo remains quite an offbeat one. When you embark on a journey to these twin peaks, you can spot Kang Yatse II pretty soon into the trek, while Dzo Jongo remains a mystery until you reach the base camp. This is what makes climbing this peak even more interesting. This is a newly launched trek by Trek The Himalayas , and we encourage all adventure enthusiasts to come join us in this epic adventure!

On this 13-day long trek, we will start our journey from the picturesque city of Leh onwards to the Hemis National Park. Markha Valley lies inside the Hemis National Park, which is known for its rich biodiversity. You may spot several Himalayan species of flora and fauna. As you trek through the valley, Mt. Kang Yatse II dominates the skyline, a wonderful sight to behold. A little further from Kang Yatse II lies the mysterious Dzo Jongo peak, which comes into view all of a sudden as you reach the base camp. So if you are looking for adrenaline-pumping treks in Leh , this is definitely a good choice.

However, you need a good deal of mountaineering experience, and physical and mental endurance to complete the trek. The picturesque landscapes of the rocky mountain will guide you along the way. The challenges of summitting two 6000 m are many but with grit, morale, and determination, when you climb the peaks you will be filled with a sense of unparalleled  joy and accomplishment. 

The best thing about this trek is that when you do this trek you will not just be doing one expedition but it is a culmination of three great treks - the Kang Yatse II Expedition, the Dzo Jongo Expedition and the Markha Valley Trek, all in one! When trekking in Ladakh , you shouldn’t definitely miss out on this. So what are you waiting for, brace yourself for some truly demanding days and the adventure of a lifetime!

• Who can Participate
• Important Links
• How to Reach
• Trek Essential

Who Can Participate

• Age; 15 years.
• Experience of any high altitude trek, at least 1 treks of 4,000m/13,100ft.
• The climber must be fit and have sufficient stamina to cover 6 km of distance in 35 minutes without stress.
• The climber should be able to carry a 12-16 kg backpack.

Arrival in Leh

• Altitude:  3,500 m/11,500 ft.
• Check-in Hotel.
• Briefing about the trek at 5 pm (mandatory).
• Bring a copy of your ID proof and 2. photographs. foreigner, a copy of my passport and visa.
• The network is available (only post-paid).
• ATM is available.
• Can purchase or rent trekking equipment from Leh.
• Visit to any very high altitude place or pass is not advisable.
• Consumption of alcohol and smoking is strictly prohibited.

NOTE : The Twin Peak expedition is 13 days and touches an altitude of 20,500ft. If you are looking for an adventure in Leh with less altitude but exciting challenges you can try the  Markha Valley Trek . You can even try our Ladakh Multi Sports Adventure with your friends and family.

The Twin Peak Expedition begins from Leh. Arrive in Leh by flight or train. Your stay will be in the hotel after you reach. Our representatives will pick you up from Leh Airport and drive you to your hotel or guesthouse. Leh is already at a height of 11,500 ft, hence you should be acclimatized pretty well. Use this day as an opportunity to rest and get your body acclimatized to high altitudes. Leh is a popular tourist destination and as such, it is accessible quite easily, it is also a hub for high-altitude mountaineering. 

Good phone connectivity is available in Leh. You can use this day to shop for anything that you might have missed out on or rent trek equipment. Strictly stay away from alcohol and smoking. Today’s day is reserved for trekkers to arrive at Leh and get settled in their accommodation. If you arrive late, you can rest for the day. You can additionally roam around and get adapted to the culture. Leh is quite popular for its cultural treasures, monasteries, places, and temples. Try to keep it low and easy on the body as most of you will be coming from sea level to such a high altitude and your body will need time to adjust.

Acclimatisation in Leh

• Acclimatization and sightseeing in Leh.
• Can visit monasteries: Shey, Thiksey, Sangam, and Hemis.
• Avoid River Rafting, You can plan it after your trek.
• Visit any very high altitude place or pass is not advisable.
• Stay in a hotel.

  This is an extra day added to the itinerary to help you get acclimatized better. Therefore utilize this day and try to stay outdoors. Acclimatization days in our treks are used to give your body time to adjust to the thinning air at high-altitude conditions. Several changes occur in your body while trekking in high-altitude regions and the purpose of acclimatization is to allow your body to operate optimally in a decreased oxygen-level environment.

Leh is a major hub for adventure as well as a culturally rich center. It presents innumerable opportunities for sightseeing starting from the monasteries and temples, the local market as well as many places serving delicious local cuisine. Today, you can hike up to the Shey Palace, Thiksey Monastery, and Thiksey Gompa to experience the Buddhist culture. Thiksey Gompa is the largest in central Ladakh, located on a hill. Avoid gaining height by hiking to nearby passes or valleys. This is only to avoid stressing your body, as it may hinder the process of acclimatization.

Additionally, you can interact with the locals and fellow travellers to gain some knowledge about the adjacent areas. Roam in the Leh City and the Leh Bazaar. You can collect souvenirs from a variety of shops. You must spend the sunset at the Shanti Stupa, which is known for its dazzling lights in the evening. In the evening, rest in your hotel. Your actual trekking day begins tomorrow.

Drive from Leh to Chilling and Trek to Skiu

• Altitude:  Skiu 3,400m/11,150ft.
• Drive Distance:  80 km| 4 hours .
• Drive through Gurudwara Pathar Sahib, Magnetic Hill, and the confluence of the Zanskar and Indus.

Get set as your real trek journey commences. You will be riding along the skillfully paved roadways crossing marvelous landscapes. Throughout the road, you will encounter military camps decorated with big rocks around the camps. Do not miss Gurudwara Pathar Sahib on the right and Magnet Hill on the left as you move ahead. The Stok Range remains on the right until it vanishes slowly when you reach Hemis National Park. You will be pleasantly surprised once you reach Sangam. Indus and Zanskar rivers, both bottle green, yet so unique, form the most spectacular confluence. This point is also famous as the starting end for rafting. Take a diversion here towards Chilling. The surrounding view henceforth changes magically. The open terrain beside the road enters into the closed valley. The valley has stunning purple, black, and grey shades of the mountains. Juniper and tall alpine trees will border the route as you cross the Zanskar River over green iron bridges. 

Skiu will mark the first camping in the tents. It is located at the confluence of rivers Shgri Nala and Markha. Skiu village is largely divided into two sections, upper and lower village. Lower Skiu has 12 houses quite close to each other. A small trudge, an old monastery, and the ruins of a palace separate it from upper Skiu. There are small white stupas and mani stones laid towards the upper Skiu. Markha River lies on the right of the village.

Most of the places here offer homestays. Relax after a mini-trek, while looking forward to the upcoming trek.

Skiu To Markha

• Altitude: 3,700 m/ 12,200 ft.
• Trek Distance: 16 km | 7 - 8 hrs.
• Altitude Gain: 500 m/ 1050 ft.
• Longest day but normal and plain slope.
• Markha is one of the largest villages in the valley.
• Cafes on the way.
• 2-3 river crossings.
• Monastery and palace visit at Markha.

Start fresh for the actual first trekking day. Be vigilant about birds and animals. Markha valley harbors enormous wildlife. Magpie birds will be visible right after you step out of the house. The trail is quite evident and well-paved intermittently. The Markha River will remain escorting on the right, which incepts from Kang Yatse peaks. In an hour a cafe can be spotted, take a small break here and keep walking. The trail is enclosed by the valley that goes through sparse forest cover. After another hour’s trudge and the first wooden bridge comes to Zanpa Yoakma.

In about 25 minutes another coffee shop at Hamourja is waiting for you to rejuvenate. You will cross the Markha River a couple of times during the trek as you pass through various winter settlements containing Lhatos (religious shrines built for the local deities) as well as Mani walls (walls made of stone inscribed with prayers). Look out for black sheep, deer, and mountain goats on these banks. Keep walking straight to Nagding village for another 40 minutes. Right in front of the houses spot meditation caves at a height on the valley walls. These caves are believed to be having paintings from the 20th century. The banks of the Markha River get wider and you can find yourself stepping in the powdered sand. Enjoy the feeling of Himalayan sands.

After about 1 hour from Nagding village, a big entrance of Sara village appears. The entrance is decorated with skeletons of wild animals. Unlike Skiu, Sara seems like an open area. Sara Village is also home to a monastery and ruins of an old castle which is believed to be the resting spot of the Royal families on their way to Srinagar in ancient times. You may also see wheat plantations and Bushoi (a cotton-like flowering plant and also a natural painkiller). Also, a unique thing that you will notice is that the entrance to Sara village is decorated with skulls of animals like Yak or Sheep. These animal skulls are perceived as a sign of pride for the locals.                            

From here, the first tea houses arrive immediately after 30 minutes at Chalak village. The Chalak Village comes after crossing a wooden bridge. The village has houses placed on small hills with stone protection shelters for domestic animals at the base. Visit any of the villagers and they will greet you with Namkin Chai and biscuits. Re-energize with affectionate talks and hot drinks. You will see Barley fields in the village. From Chalak, it is a gradual ascent up towards Markha and you will pass by the section of the trail marked by Bharal horns.  The destination is 2 hours away from here. 

At every small distance, you can find Mani stones laid around white stupas. These stones are engraved with Buddhist prayers, some of them in the Sanskrit language too. Be humble in front of these historic symbols. Do not dare to touch these stones. The villagers believe these stones are protected by some powers, and any harm to them will cause harm to that person. Do not forget to notice the ruins of the palace at every turn in the valley. This can be figured out by flags at a height on small temples. These palaces were considered viewpoints and signalling points during the reign of the Kings. Markha Village is considered the largest village, you can find numerous houses, scattered away. You will have to walk in the running stream of the Markha River to reach the Markha village. The water in the Markha River can be thigh-high at some points, so it is better to take off your shoes and socks and pull up your pants to cross the river. The cold water will bring back all the energy. In 20 minutes, you can see the hamlet. Markha is the biggest village in the entire valley and comprises 25 houses.

Markha To Hankar

• Altitude: 4,100m/ 13,400 ft.
• Trek Distance: 13 km | 8 - 9 hrs.
• Altitude Gain: 400m/ 1200 ft.
• Teahouse at Umling Village.
• Last Village Of The Valley.
• View Of A Beautiful Monastery.
• The path will intersect the River several times.
• After Umlung, you will have the first look at Mt. Kang Yatse (6,400 m).
• Packed lunch on the way.
• Accommodation in homestay/ camping.

Take the most advantage of the innocence of the salient villages because today will probably be the last habitats on the route. Today is one of the most beautiful days of trekking and the views start opening up as you traverse the upper Markha Valley. The trail is beautiful and refreshing when it merges with flowing rivers and streams. These water bodies can also be crossed over a bridge. Umlung village is a small village and will serve as the last teahouse of the trek with yet another serene monastery to your sight.

After Umlung you can get the first sight of Mt. Kang Yatse(6400m). It seems as if the peak is calling you! Follow its voice, again overcome the river several times and enter the Hankar village. Try to spot the magically placed Tacha monastery on a mountain. It is the last hamlet of the trek and your refuge place.

Hankar To Nimaling

• Altitude: 4,800 m/ 15,800 ft.
• Trek Distance: 7 km | 3 - 4 hrs.
• Altitude Gain: 700 m/ 2,400 ft.
• An easy trek.
• Amazing view of Kang Yatse.
• Amazing view of Tigu Lakes.
• Accommodation in a tent.

  Get all enthusiastic, after yesterday’s tough trek, today will be an easy and short trek. Start walking and in 1 km you will find diversions or paths separating out. The other route goes to Rupshu and Zanskar. Keep walking on the left path until a stone bridge. This marks that you are on the right trail. Henceforth, you can see many diversions, please be careful and follow the trek leader/guide. In the next 2 hours, the pastures of Thochuntse become visible. There are camping sites and tea houses here. Thochnugtse also has some lovely green fields which are quite a contrast to the aridness of the desert in Ladakh. Keep walking slowly, enjoying the view. The trail is quite steep for like an hour after which becomes a gradual incline.

Try to engulf yourself in nature and move slowly just as you focus on the Kang Yatse peak. The peak seems to grow bigger and bigger. Surprisingly, tranquil twin lakes also come along the path. From the lakes, it is a long and gradual descent to the plateau of Nimaling. The trails enter into a huge grassland after a few fights crossing streams of high altitudes. Sheep, mountain goats, and sometimes rabbits are found grazing at Nimaling. It is a pleasant camping place. It is the highest point you will attain on this trek and being the highest campsite Nimalaing offers spectacular views of the Kang Yatse Peak on the right. There are instances of snowfall at this site hence we prepared for that. Above all that, just try to merge into the high world and sleep in peace.

Nimaling to Kangyatse Base Camp

• Altitude: Kangyatse Base Camp - 5,100 m/ 16,700 ft.
• Trek Distance: 3 km | 2 - 3 hrs.
• Altitude Gain: 300 m/ 900 ft.
• The first half is uphill through loose rocks, the rest is gentle downhill and across the river.
• Don’t exhaust your body, take as much rest as possible.

This will be the smallest trekking day of the entire trek. Hence, chill and try to make the most of the beauty around you. The trek starts from the open grounds of Nimalng and follows an uphill climb to the top of the ridge. The first half of the trek has loose rocks but the stunning views of Kang Yatse will ease the pain. This is where you get to see the views of Kang Yatse in its full glory. The latter half of the trail descends. The trail keeps descending until you reach the other side of the river, which is also the base of the mountain. It takes about 2 to 3 hrs for you to arrive at the base camp at 5,100 meters.

Make sure to remain out of the tent to get acclimatized. Try to not strain your body and relax at the campsite. You can take short acclimatization walks around the campsite in the evening. This is the best time to study the mountains around you, try to capture as much as you can.

Rest And Training Day

• The TTH team will ensure you the technical equipment.
• Learn how to use technical equipment.
•  Briefing and planning for the summit.
• Push for the summit at 11 pm.

This is a thoughtfully added day to help you get acclimatized to high altitudes. Yesterday we gained quite a bit of altitude and also entered a different terrain so you need to give your body adequate time to adjust. You can also consider this as a training day. Our team will be granting training on the usage of technical equipment. You will be taught how to walk on the snow, use crampons, handing an ice ax, and other techniques that are a must for the summit attempt on a nearby slope. This will also help you get accustomed to trekking gear like snow boots, crampons, and ice axes. Ice ax is a very important tool to maneuver across crevass-laden areas. 

Try to grasp as much as you can. In doing so, try not to exhaust yourself as next will be the summit day. The beautiful Kang Yatse Peak will stare at you throughout. Additionally, you can also go nearby for an altitude gain trek. Make sure to give your body enough rest for the summit attempt. Pack your backpack for the summit day and keep it light and easy. You'll have dinner early to wake up at midnight for the last climb. Hence, try to sleep early to get enough sleep.

Summit To Kang Yatse And Back To Base Camp

• Altitude: 6,250 m/ 20,500 ft.
• Trek Distance: 5 km each way | 13 hrs.
• Reach the summit by 6 am.
• Reach Base Camp by 11 am.
• Packed breakfast and hot lunch at the campsite.
• Carry enough hot water.

And the most exciting day rises! We will start at midnight for the summit and push to be at the top around 6 am for a glistening sunrise. Carry packed lunch, refreshments, and enough water for the strenuous climb. 

Today you will be rising from 5100 meters straight to 6200 meters. Therefore, being mentally fit is the key. The route to the summit is through the famous Kang Yatse shoulder. The trail starts with loose moraine and scree. Loose rocks make it difficult to set foot on the trail. Use a trekking pole for assistance. The trout upward has crevasses that are covered with snow most of the time. Based on the level of snowfall you have to rope up for safety. Be careful and watch every step. The route goes to the north face through the northwest ridge towards a rocky outcropping.

After a steep climb top, you will find the 360 degrees views of the Zanskar range, Karakoram peaks, and mountains surrounding Kang Yatse. You might also notice the K2 peak (the second-highest peak in the world). You may also spot the distant Tibet mountains. The views are flawlessly satisfactory and will bring back all the energy to climb down.

The entire summit path is 5 km each way. When you retrace your steps, be cautious about the scree and moraines. Make sure you return from the top by 1 pm to avoid further issues due to the weather. Come back to the base camp to rest after the exhausting summit attempt.

Kang Yatse II Base Camp to Dzo Jongo Base Camp via Chak Pass

• Altitude: Dzo Jongo Base Camp - 5,200 m/ 17,100 ft.
• Trek Distance: 6 km | 4 hours.
• Cross Chak Pass: 5,500 m/ 18,000 ft.
• Altitude gain: 100m.
• Difficult level of ascent.
• Night stay in a tent (twin sharing).

As we set our sights on a new summit, we are embarking on a journey from Kang Yatse Base Camp 2 towards Dzo Jongo Base Camp. Our departure is scheduled for the early morning to ensure we reach our destination promptly. Along the trail, we will be treated to breathtaking vistas of the majestic barred mountains, as Dzo Jongo Base Camp awaits us at an impressive altitude of 5200m.

Rest Day + Training Day (Summit Night)

• The TTH team will issue you the technical equipment.
• Briefing and planning for the summit.
• Don’t exhaust your body, take rest as much as you can.
• Push for the summit at 10 pm (timings may get change).

  Today we will rest and accumulate our energy for the summit. Our team will issue technical equipment and also demonstrate their uses for the trek. Today you will practice using the technical equipment for the summit trek. After practising, take enough rest so that you can be ready for the summit at night.

Our team usually pushes for the summit by 10 PM so that we can reach the summit by early morning and enjoy a spectacular sunset. Gear up in the equipment youre received and get ready for the biggest climb so far, the climb to the Dz Jongo Summit.

Summit and Base Camp

• Trek Distance: 7 km each way | 11 hrs.
• Reach on the summit by 5-6 am.
• Reach base camp by 11 am.
• Packed breakfast on the way and hot lunch at the campsite.
• Carry enough hot water, not many water points at the glacier (very cold).

The summit climb to the Dzo Jongo Peak is going to be long and hectic but once you make it to the summit, you will understand that all the arduous climb was worth it. It is 6 km on both sides and thus one of the longest and most challenging climbs, which only gets steeper and steeper as you climb.

The first 20 to 30 minutes of the trek involves only a fairly easy walk on the levelled ground and you arrive at your first rest point. The climb from here becomes steeper and after 40 minutes of climbing, you will arrive at the Advanced Base Camp. The trail becomes even steeper and while the trail is not technical, the snow can make the climb quite difficult.

You will spot crevasses on the way to the summit and move slowly and cautiously as the climb to the summit is very steep. You will reach the summit by 5 to 6 AM. From the summit, you can spot peaks like Kang Yatse I and II as well as the Changthang Valley mountains.

As you go through each rest point the path becomes steeper and steeper until you make it to the summit at an altitude of 6250 meters. The sunrise at such a high altitude is almost a surreal experience and one of the biggest defining moments of the trek. After enjoying the spellbinding views from the summit, we will head towards the base camp once again and reach the camp by noon. Have lunch at the campsite and rest for the remaining day at the base camp.

Base Camp to Chokdo via Kongmaru La & drive to Leh

• Altitude: Kongmaru La: 5200 m/ 17100 ft | Chokdo: 3700 m/ 12100 ft.
• Trek Distance: 15 km | 6 - 7 hrs.
• Drive Distance: 60 km.
• The highest altitude pass crossing makes it a difficult day.
• Takes 3 - 4 hrs for Kongmaru La Pass.
• A steep descent and rocky terrain offer amazing views of the Indus Valley and Ladakh Range.
• Stay in the hotel.
• Buffer day will be used if unable to summit due to of any unforeseen circumstances.
• Opting a buffer day will be a team decision not an individual.
• Keep a buffer day in your travel plan.
• Buffer day is not included in the cost.
• Buffer Day Cost entire group per day (Rs 30,000).
• Please make any further travel plan on Day 15.
• If buffer day is not used in the Expedition then it can be used to explore Leh.
• Rafting in Zanskar
• Mountain Biking
• Motorcycle Tour
• Khardung La visit
• One day trip to Pangong lake
• full day sightseeing

Our return journey starts today as we descend from Dzo Jongo Base Camp to Chokdo and cross even another high pass, the Kongmaru La Pass. The Kongmaru La Pass is located at an altitude of 5200 m and crossing the pass makes today’s trek a little difficult. From the Pass, you can enjoy stunning views of the Ladakh Range as well as the Indus Valley. The views of Indus Valley are quite different and you will spot reddish copper and basalt trails leading up the mountains. This is quite a different view as compared to earlier.

The descent from the Kongmaru La Pass is quite steep and it may require roping to descend safely. Further climbing down a rocky terrain will bring you to Chokdo and from here you will drive back to Leh which is approximately at a distance of 60 km.

Day-1: Arrival in Leh

• Altitude: 3,500 m/11,500 ft.

NOTE: The Twin Peak expedition is 13 days and touches an altitude of 20,500ft. If you are looking for an adventure in Leh with less altitude but exciting challenges you can try the Markha Valley Trek. You can even try our Ladakh Multi Sports Adventure with your friends and family.

Day-2: Acclimatisation in Leh

Day-3: drive from leh to chilling and trek to skiu.

• Altitude: Skiu 3,400m/11,150ft.
• Drive Distance: 80 km| 4 hours .

Day-4: Skiu To Markha

Day-5: markha to hankar, day-6: hankar to nimaling, day-7: nimaling to kangyatse base camp, day-8: rest and training day, day-9: summit to kang yatse and back to base camp, day-10: kang yatse ii base camp to dzo jongo base camp via chak pass, day-11: rest day + training day (summit night).

• Don’t exhaust your body, take rest as much as you can.

Day-12: Summit and Base Camp

Day-13: base camp to chokdo via kongmaru la & drive to leh.

Pulse rate at rest must be in between (60 to 90 beats per minute).

Blood Pressure Reading must be in between (DIASTOLIC 70 – 90, SYSTOLIC 100 - 140 mm Hg).

Respiratory rate at rest must be in between (12 to 20 breaths per minute).

Should not have Liver and kidney issues.

Should not have Diabetes Mellitus, Bronchial Asthma, Heart problems, Hypertension, etc.

No pacemaker implant.

People with Sinus issues, Epilepsy please contact to trek coordinator before booking the trek.

If your BMI is not normal, Please contact our Trek coordinator before Trek booking.

        Medical & Disclaimer Form (Mandatory Documents) Click here to download Medical & Disclaimer Form

• Government Employees can avail the benefit of Special Casual Leave (SCL) when they join us for a trekking expedition. As per the rules of the Pay Commission, Special Casual Leave can be availed for up to 30 days in a calendar year for trekking/mountaineering expeditions through a registered organization. Trek The Himalayas is a registered adventure tour operator by the Indian Mountaineering Foundation (IMF) and the Ministry Of Tourism (MOT).
• Trekkers have to apply for leave at least 20 days before the trek departure date.
• This service is exclusive to Indian government employees and is applicable only for treks within India.
• Do mail at info@trekthehimalayas to apply and mention your booked trek date and trek name.

Junior trekkers (below 15 years) should have a company of parents/guardians.

Trekkers between 15 to 18 years can come solo with the disclaimer form signed by parent/guardian.

• Medical & Disclaimer Form (Mandatory Documents) Click here to download Medical & Disclaimer Form

Exercise For Difficult

Fitness Regime For:

Calculate Your Bmi

Your BMI value is

Congratulations, your body is in good conditions!

• Mandatory Documents to Bring on A Trek  Click Here.

How To Reach

It is essential for everyone to arrive at Leh (01:00 pm)

 Upon booking the trek, your trek coordinator will furnish you with the hotel details.

Choose any option to reach Leh

The easiest and best way to travel is to fly to Kushok Bakula Rimpochi Airport located in Leh. It is just 4 km away from the main city. The airport is well connected to Delhi and also receives flights from Mumbai, Srinagar, Jammu, Chandigarh, and other general destinations in India. Even international travelers can fly directly from major cities like Kolkata, Mumbai, and Delhi. You can find taxis outside the airport or book a cab to reach the required destination.

There are two road routes to Leh

Manali (Himachal Pradesh ) to Leh via Baralacha La, Lachulung La and Tanglang La and It covers a distance of 500 km.

Srinagar to Leh via Zoji La, Lamayuru Lunar Landscape and Kargil and It covers a distance of 450 km.

You cannot reach Leh directly by train as there is no train station in Ladakh. The nearest railway station is Jammu Tawi (700 km from Ladakh) which is well connected with Delhi, Kolkata and Mumbai.

For your return journey from Leh, you have the flexibility to choose between road or air transport options. Please note that our services extend only to the hotel, and the standard hotel check-out time is 11:00 am, if you opt for an air transport then please ensure an early check-out in the morning, as all flights operate during the morning hours

It's highly advisable to keep 2 buffer day in your travel plan. If the buffer day is not needed, it can be used to explore Leh.

1.Accommodation (as per the itinerary):

• Guest house in Leh on Day 1, Day 2, and Day 13 as per the itinerary (twin/triple sharing).
• Camping/Home stay during the trek (Day 3 to Day 12).

2.Meals (Veg + Egg):

• Trek Meals (Day 3 Lunch to Day 12  Lunch)

3.Transportation (as per the itinerary):

• Leh guest house to Chilling (Trekking Point).
• Return from Chokdo (Trekking Point) to Leh.
• 1 Versatile base camp manager handles communication and deploys extra manpower in emergencies.
• 1 Mountaineering & First aid qualified professional expedition Leader.
• Local experienced guides (Number of guides depending on the group size).
• Enough support staff.

5.Trek equipment:

• Sleeping bag, Sleeping liners (if required), mattresses, and Utensils.
• 3 men all season trekker tent (twin sharing), Kitchen & Dining tent, Toilet tent.
• Camping stool, Walkie talkie.
• Ropes, Helmet, Ice axe, Harness(if required).
• Climbing Boots, Gaiters & Crampon /micro spike (if required).

6.First aid:

• Medical kit, Stretcher, Oxygen cylinder, Blood pressure monitor, Oximeter, Stethoscope.

7. Clock room service at base camp. 8. Mules/porters to carry the central luggage. 9. All necessary permits and entry fees, up to the amount charged for Indians.

10.  Trek Completion Certificate.

1. Insurance (Mandatory). 2. Food during the transit. 3. Any kind of personal expenses. 4. Mule or porter to carry personal luggage. 5. Emergency evacuation, hospitalization charge, etc. 6. Anything not specifically mentioned under the head Inclusion. 7. Airfare, pickup & drop from the airport. 8. Sightseeing in Leh. 9. IMF permission fee for Foreigners: Approx. 60-80 USD per person. It might be less or more.  10. IMF permission fee for Indians: Approx. Rs. 3000 per peak per 6-people group. (need to pay in  Leh only). It might be less or more. 11. Environment fee: Rs. 600 per person.

Things can be provided on demand and availability (participant has to pay extra for these things).

1- Satellite phone/set phone- is a type of mobile phone that connects via radio links via satellites orbiting the Earth instead of terrestrial cell sites like cellphones. Therefore, they can operate in most geographic locations on the Earth's surface.

2- Gamow/PAC HAPO Bag (Portable Hyperbaric Bag) - is a unique, portable hyperbaric chamber for the treatment of acute mountain sickness (AMS), also known as altitude sickness.

3- AEDs (Automated External Defibrillators) -  are portable life-saving devices designed to treat people experiencing sudden cardiac arrest, a medical condition in which the heart stops beating suddenly and unexpectedly.

Cancellation terms:

Cancellations prior to 25 days from the start of the Trip

Refund options

• 5% deduction of trek fee
• 100% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Transfer your trek (any trek, any date) to your friend

Cancellation between 24 days and 15 days to the start of the Trip

• 30% deduction of trek fee
• 100% cash voucher for same trip till one year
• 85% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Transfer your trek (same trek, any date) to your friend

Cancellation between 14 days and 10 days to the start of the Trip

• 50% deduction of trek fee
• 80% cash voucher for same trip till one year
• 70% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Book the same trek, in the same season, with any other batch

Cancellation less than 9 days to the start of the trek

• No cash refund
• 20% cash voucher for the same trip till one year
• 10% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Transfer your trek (same trek, same date) to your friend

Note- If a booking is made using a voucher or discount code, the policies related to vouchers and discounts cannot be modified.

In the unlikely event that TTH cancels a trek prior to the scheduled departure date:

While it is extremely rare for TTH to cancel a trek, we understand that unforeseen circumstances or natural disasters may occasionally require us to do so before the scheduled departure. These circumstances could include continuous rain or snow, thunderstorms, snowstorms, landslides, floods, earthquakes, or any other natural calamity that poses a risk to the safety of our trekkers. Additionally, unforeseeable events such as local riots, curfews, pandemics, lockdowns, government orders, or any similar situations that compromise the safety of the trekking experience may also necessitate a cancellation.

In the event of such a cancellation, TTH will provide you with a voucher equivalent to the amount you paid for the trek. This voucher can be redeemed for any of our treks within the next year, allowing you to still enjoy an adventure with us at a later date.

The issuance of a voucher is not applicable in situations where you are required to descend from the trek for any reason. The trek leader may make the decision to send you down from the trek due to factors such as insufficient fitness level, symptoms of Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS), high blood pressure, exceeding the designated turn-around-time, health concerns, or if you are found smoking, drinking, or violating the rules set for the trek. In such cases, the provision of a voucher does not apply.

In the rare event that TTH shifts a trek:

We would like to emphasize that weather conditions in high-altitude areas are highly unpredictable and can undergo sudden changes at any time, irrespective of the day. Additionally, circumstances beyond our control, such as natural disasters, political unrest, pandemics, and lockdowns, may impact the feasibility of conducting a trek. In cases where we are unable to proceed with an event due to such circumstances that are beyond our direct control, we will make every effort to provide you with an alternative trek that is safer and more suitable.

In such situations, we will issue a voucher to offset the cost difference between the originally scheduled trek and the alternative trek. This voucher can be redeemed at any time within one year from the date of issue. Please note that a refund fee or reimbursement of the cost difference is not applicable in these cases.

• Change of trek batch is dependent on the availability of seats in the batch
• In case of transferring a trek to a friend, he/she should satisfy all the mandatory requirements put forward by TTH
• TTH holds the right to change/cancel the policies, without prior notice
• Cash refund is applicable only in case of bookings made without using any promotional offer code or vouchers

Cash Voucher Terms:

• This is a non-transferable voucher
• The voucher cannot be merged with any other offer of Trek The Himalayas
• The voucher is valid for Trek booked directly with Trek The Himalayas in India
• To avail the voucher please use your register phone number or e-mail id
• All the other Terms of booking a trek with Trek The Himalayas are applicable to the voucher
• Trek The Himalayas holds rights to add/remove any of the Terms and Conditions without prior notice

Itineraries are based on information available at the time of planning and are subject to change. "Trek The Himalayas" reserves the right to change expedition dates, people or itineraries as conditions warrant. If a trip must be delayed or the itinerary changed due to bad weather, road conditions, transportation delays, government intervention, airline schedules, sickness, or other contingency for which TTH or its agents cannot make provision, the cost of delays and/or other changes are the responsibility of the participant. TTH reserves the right to decline, or accept, any individual as a trip member for any reason whatsoever.

Trek Essentials

PDF Of Trek Essential Download

Frequently Asked Questions(FAQ)

How to register/create an account with tth.

To register with TTH, visit our website - www.trekthehimalayas.com and create your account. To create your account you will need to use your email address and fill in all the details, set your unique password and your account is ready to use.

How to book a trek?

• To book a trek with TTH, you first need to register with us and create an account.
• Choose the trek that you want to do and click on available dates.
• You will land at the login page, fill in the required details.
• Add Participants, choose add-on services click on the Pay now button, choose your preferred payment method, and make the payment. TTH accepts multiple payment options, including credit/debit cards, net banking, and UPI.
• You will receive a confirmation email from TTH with all the necessary details about the trek, including the meeting point, transportation, accommodation, and other important instructions.

Click Here to watch Video

Made a payment but did not receive any confirmation.

please send an email to us at [email protected] or reach out to the numbers provided in the Help and Support section of your Trek Page. We will ensure that your issue is promptly resolved.

How to book off-load luggage and transportation?

To book services such as off-load luggage and transportation, you can find them listed as add-ons. These additional services can be booked at the time of your initial booking. If you miss booking add-ons during the initial reservation, you can log in anytime and easily book 4 days before the departure date add-ons through the platform.

If I have booked the wrong trek or date, how can I make changes?

In such a situation, please log in to your account and transfer your trek or date to the desired one within 12 hours or drop us an email at [email protected] 10 days before the departure date of the trek. After the initial 12-hour period, any changes will be processed according to the cancellation policy.

I am a beginner and confused which trek to book.

We recommend visiting our "Suggest Me a Trek" page. By filling out the form, our experts will contact you with the best possible trek options based on your preferences and experience level. Alternatively, you can reach out to us via email at [email protected] or give us a call using the numbers provided on our website for personalized assistance and recommendations.

How is family trek different from regular trek?

Family treks differ from regular treks by focusing on ease of difficulty, offering shorter durations for younger participants, Kid-friendly and easily digestible foods, child-friendly activities, maintaining a higher guide ratio for diverse age groups, and implementing additional safety measures for families.

Ideal treks for children.

Family Trek with Kids recommendation Only Dayara Bugyal and Chopta Chandrashila Trek.

Minimum age for children to trek with TTH.

Minimum age for TTH treks is typically 7 years, though this may vary depending on the specific trek.

Can we take children to high altitudes with their guardian?

Yes, you can take a kids to a high-altitude trek with a parent. Discuss with a trek expert before booking a trek.

Can we send kids without Parents/guardian?

Medical & Disclaimer Form (Mandatory Documents) Click here to download medical and disclaimer form

How to prepare a child for a high altitude trek?

Physical Fitness: Ensure your child is physically fit. Engage them in regular exercise, outdoor activities, and hikes to build stamina and endurance. Hydration: Emphasize the importance of staying hydrated at high altitudes. Encourage your child to drink water regularly, even if they don't feel thirsty. Proper Nutrition: Provide a well-balanced diet with sufficient carbohydrates for energy and foods rich in iron to prevent altitude sickness. Adequate Sleep: Ensure your child gets enough sleep in the days leading up to the trek. Quality rest is crucial for altitude adaptation. Educate on Altitude Sickness: Teach your child about the symptoms of altitude sickness, such as headache, nausea, and dizziness. Encourage them to communicate any discomfort immediately. Appropriate Clothing and Gear: Dress your child in layers to adjust to changing temperatures. Ensure they have appropriate trekking gear, including sturdy footwear. Positive Mindset: Foster a positive mindset. Encourage your child, and let them know it's okay to take breaks when needed. Medical Check-Up: Schedule a medical check-up before the trek to ensure your child is fit for high-altitude activities. Consult with a healthcare professional about any potential health concerns.

Kind of food will be served during the trek for children.

TTH takes special care to provide wholesome and nutritious food for children on treks. Here are some of the foods that are typically served for children: Breakfast: For breakfast, TTH serves a variety of options like porridge, cornflakes, bread, butter, jam, honey, boiled eggs, omelettes, and pancakes. Children can choose from these options to fuel themselves for the day's trek. Lunch: For lunch, TTH serves lunch which includes rotis, vegetables, rice, dal, and salad. The rotis are usually made fresh on the trek and are a good source of carbohydrates. The dal and vegetables provide protein and other essential nutrients. Snacks: TTH provides healthy snacks like fresh fruits, dry fruits, energy bars, cookies, and biscuits to keep the children energized throughout the day. Dinner: For dinner, TTH serves a hot and wholesome meal which includes soup, rice, dal, vegetables, and a non-vegetarian dish (if requested in advance). Children can also choose from a variety of desserts like custard, jelly, and fruit salad. Dietary requirements: If a child has any special dietary requirements, TTH can cater to those needs as well. For example, if a child is lactose intolerant or allergic to nuts, the kitchen staff can make arrangements to accommodate those requirements.

How to choose the right trek?

Choosing the right trek for a beginner can be a bit overwhelming as there are many factors to consider such as distance, elevation gain, terrain difficulty, weather, and time of year. Here are some tips that can help you choose the right trek for a beginner:

1. Determine fitness level:  Assess the fitness level of the beginner to understand their physical capabilities. This will help you select a trek that is challenging but not too difficult.

2. Choose a well-traveled trail:  A well-traveled trail will have more amenities such as signposts, water stations, and shelter. It is also safer as there will be other hikers on the trail.

3. Consider the length of the trek:  For beginners, it is recommended to start with a shorter trek that can be completed in a day or two. This will help them get acclimatized to trekking and build their confidence.

4. Look for gradual elevation gain:  Choose a trek with a gradual elevation gain rather than steep ascents. This will make the trek easier and more enjoyable.

5. Check the weather:  Check the weather forecast before selecting a trek. Avoid treks during the monsoon season or winter when the trails can be slippery or dangerous.

6. Research the trail:  Read about the trail to get an idea of the terrain, altitude, and difficulty level. This will help you select a trek that is suitable for the beginner.

7. Consult with an expert:  If you are unsure about which trek to choose, consult our trek expert Mr. Nitin (+91 70600 59773) between 10 AM to 6 PM (Tuesday - Friday). Mr. Nitin will provide you valuable advice and guidance.

Overall, it is important to choose a trek that is enjoyable, challenging but not too difficult, and suitable for the beginner's fitness level and experience.

Can a beginner choose a tough trek?

It is not recommended for a beginner to choose a difficult Himalayan trek. Trekking in the Himalayas can be physically and mentally challenging, especially if you are not used to the high altitude, steep slopes, and rugged terrain. Choosing a difficult trek without the proper experience, fitness level, and preparation can be dangerous and put you at risk of altitude sickness, injury, and other hazards.

If you are a beginner, it is recommended to start with an easier trek and gradually build up your skills and experience. This will help you understand the challenges of trekking in the Himalayas, and also prepare you physically and mentally for a more difficult trek in the future. It is also important to choose a trek that matches your fitness level, experience, and interest.

What is the age limit for a beginner trekker?

There is no specific age limit for a beginner trekker. However, it is important to consider your physical fitness, health condition, and personal interests before embarking on a trek. Trekking in the Himalayas can be physically and mentally demanding, and requires a certain level of physical fitness and endurance.

If you have any pre-existing medical conditions or are above a certain age, it is recommended to consult with a doctor before embarking on a trek. It is also important to listen to your body and take breaks as needed during the trek to prevent exhaustion or injury.

If I am solo, can I join the trek in a group?

Yes, you can join the trek. We have fixed departure groups where you can simply book your trek and we will take care of curating a group.

How does my family get updated about my Trek?

Before you start the trek, it is recommended that you make all the necessary phone calls as during the trek you may or may not receive network coverage, once you come back to the Base Camp, you can reconnect with your family via phone once again. You can share your trek coordinator contact detail with your family members to get the latest updates about your trek batch.

What food can I expect?

At TTH, we provide wholesome and nutritious meals during the trek. The food is vegetarian and includes a variety of dishes such as rice, dal, vegetables, chapati, paratha, pasta, noodles, and soup. We also offer snacks such as biscuits, and salty, and dry fruits during the trek. Special dietary requirements such as vegan, gluten-free, or Jain food can also be arranged if informed in advance.

I am allergic to some foods.

If you are allergic to some foods, you need to let us know in advance so that we can make arrangements accordingly.

How safe is trekking with TTH?

TTH is a trekking company that prioritizes the safety of all its participants, including women trekkers. They have a comprehensive safety system in place, which includes a dedicated team of experienced and trained trek leaders and support staff who are equipped to handle emergency situations and provide first aid.

TTH also takes specific measures to ensure the safety and comfort of women trekkers. They have a separate tent accommodation for women trekkers, female trek leaders, and support staff. They also provide separate toilet facilities for women and encourage a safe and respectful environment for all trekkers.

Moreover, TTH has a strict policy against any kind of harassment and has a zero-tolerance policy towards such incidents. They have a designated Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) to investigate and address any complaints related to harassment or misconduct. Overall, TTH has a good reputation for safety and responsible trekking practices, and women can feel comfortable and safe while trekking with them.

How TTH will manage if I am the only woman in the group?

In case you are the only women in the group, we provide a single sleeping arrangement. Also, during the trek, the trek leader will always remain by your side to provide optimum safety and reassurance.

How can I know that other women are in the batch?

You can reach out to the trek coordinator to inquire about the number of female trekkers and their respective states who have booked the trek. Please note that the trek coordinator cannot disclose personal details of any trekker. Once you've confirmed your booking, a WhatsApp Group will be created for all the trekkers in your batch. This allows you to connect with fellow trekkers before the trek begins.

Can I know in advance, which trek is led by a women Trek Leader?

While many of our treks are led by female trek leaders, however, it is not possible to know which trek leader is assigned to which group. But nonetheless, whether the trek leader is male or female you can be completely assured of your safety and security with us.

Can I trek with periods? If yes, then where can I dispose of the sanitary pad?

Yes, it is possible to trek with periods. However, it is important to take some extra precautions and preparations to ensure a comfortable and safe trekking experience.

Here are some tips that can help you trek during your period:

1. Use menstrual hygiene products that you are comfortable with, such as tampons, pads, or menstrual cups. It is recommended to carry enough supplies for the entire duration of the trek.

2. Pack wet wipes, hand sanitizer, and plastic bags to dispose of used hygiene products.

3. Wear comfortable and breathable clothing that allows for easy movement and reduces friction. Avoid wearing tight or restrictive clothing that can cause discomfort.

4. Carry pain relief medication, such as ibuprofen or acetaminophen, in case of menstrual cramps.

5. Stay hydrated and maintain a balanced diet to support your energy levels and overall health.

6. Take breaks as needed and listen to your body. If you feel uncomfortable or experience any unusual symptoms, seek medical attention immediately.

It is also recommended to consult with a doctor before going on a trek during your period, especially if you have a pre-existing medical condition or are taking medication. By taking necessary precautions and being prepared, you can have a safe and comfortable trekking experience even during your period.

We provide proper disposal facilities for sanitary pad disposal during the trek.

How will the accommodation be during the trek?

We offer three person tents with twin-sharing for optimum comfort. A woman trekker will share a tent with another woman trekker and if you are the only woman in the group, you will be given a single accommodation for your comfort and privacy.

Are trek poles, Jackets and other equipment available for rent from Trek The Himalayas?

Yes, we do provide gears on rent. You can book it using you TTH account directly.

Who will be with us on the trek from Trek The Himalayas?

Mountaineering qualified Experienced and first aid certified Trek Leader, First Aid Certify local guide, Cook, helpers and supporting staff.

Who can not join the trek?

People suffering from Bronchitis, Asthma, High blood pressure, Epilepsy (got faints), TB , Heart problem or on higher BMI side are strictly not allowed to go on any Himalayan trek. Apart from this if you had any medical history, please let us know.

When it gets really cold can I consume alcohol?

No. Alcohol and smoking isn’t allowed while on trek. It is totally misconception that it will keep you warm. Your body need to acclimatize properly and for that eat properly and drink enough water; these things will keep you warm.

What type of toilet facility is TTH providing at the trek?

Toilet tents provide a convenient solution for answering nature's call in the great outdoors. Dry toilets, in particular, offer a highly sanitary approach. By digging a pit and utilizing mud and a shovel, you can easily cover up your waste. This method ensures cleanliness and hygiene while camping or exploring in the forest. 

Remember to pack essential toiletries to complete your outdoor bathroom kit and maintain proper personal hygiene during your adventures. With these practices in place, you can enjoy nature while also respecting it.

How do I manage the negative temperatures on the trek at higher camps? Do I need special jackets?

Layer Up From Head To Toe Eat Full Meals, never sleep empty stomach You can keep warmee (if you’re more susceptible to cold). Use sleeping bag in right way and don’t leave free space in sleeping bag.

For upper body – Thermal layer – T-shirt (full-sleeves) – Fleece T-shirt (for extreme colds) – Fleece layer – Thick Jacket/Down Jacket – Waterproof or Windproof layer (outermost layer, when it is snowing or raining) - For Lower Body – Thermal layer – Hiking pants (normal) or Winter hiking pants

Based on how warm you feel you can skip any of the above layers. Your outer later should be windproof since it is windy at high altitude. The idea behind layering is that the more insulation you have the less cold you feel, and instead of wearing a very thick jacket if you wear multiple layers, your body will be better insulated against the cold.

Do you provide crampon/micro spikes and gaiters?

Yes, we provide micro spikes and gaiters, if required.

What documents need to carry on trek?

Mandatory documents: 2 xerox of ID having address (addhar card/driving license), 2 Passport size photographs, hard copy Medical form signed & sealed by doctor, disclaimer form sign by trekker and high altitude insurance.

If we come prior the trek date, Do you provide accommodation?

No. We don’t but we can suggest you good hotel/Stay nearby pick up location.

Do we get enough water for drinking?

Yes, trekker must carry 2 water bottles 1 litre each so they can refill it at campsite for drinking and keep themselves hydrate.

What kind of shoes we should buy for the trek?

You should buy shoes which has these three features –Good grip, Ankle Support and additional water resistant layers. Generally, we advise Quechua Trek 100, MH 500 and MH 100.

What happens if some members of the team need to turn back before the summit?

No one is forced to go on. There is always enough staff to split the party according to need and regroup later at the camp. Most people have no trouble reaching the highest campsite. If some members decide not to climb the final distance they can wait for the climbers to come back down the same way or take a lateral path to the descent route.

What makes Trek The Himalayas Best Trekking Company in India?

Trek The Himalayas is the safest and most trusted trekking organization in India. Our deep expertise and commitment ensure that each trekker can fully immerse in the Himalayan beauty while experiencing a well-organized and memorable journey. We are proud to be recognized among the best trekking companies in India and have been awarded the PHD Samman Award two years consecutively for Best Adventure Tour Operator . Our founders, themselves are proficient mountaineers and belong to the hilly states of India. At TTH we follow all the safety protocols. Our Trek Leaders are expertly trained in First Aid and Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) management. The extensive experience is a key factor in establishing us as the best trekking company in India .

Explore the best trekking companies in India and see what sets them apart. 

What is the Twin Peak - Kang Yatse 2 Dzo Jongo Markha Valley Trek?

The Twin Peak Expedition in Ladakh is a culmination of two treks one to the Kang Yatse II Peak and the other to the Dzo Jongo Peak. Reaching to these peaks, you will also pass through the beautiful Markha Valley, experiencing its rich biodiversity. So along with climbing the two major peaks of Ladakh, you also get to enjoy the Markha Valley Trek as a bonus.

When is the best time to do the Twin Peak Trek?

The best time to do the Twin Peak Trek is during monsoon (Jul - Aug) and autumn (Sep - Mid Nov) .

What is the difficulty level of Twin Peak Trek?

Twin Peak Trek is a difficult grade trek.

How long does the Twin peak Trek take?

Twin Peak Trek is a 13-day long trek.

What is the route of Twin Peak Trek?

The route followed by the Twin Peak Trek is Leh - Chilling - Skiu - Markha - Hankar - Nimaling - Base Camp - Kang Yatse II summit - Base Camp - Dzo Jongo Base Camp - Dzo Jongo Summit - Base Camp - Kongmaru La - Chokdo.

What are the accommodations like during the Twin Peak Trek?

During the Twin Peak Trek , the stay is arranged in camps (twin sharing).

What permits are required for Twin Peak Trek?

To undertake the Twin Peak Expedition , you need to obtain several permits from the Indian authorities like the Inner Line Permit, Protected Area Permit, and the Wildlife Permit as the trek falls under the restricted area of Ladakh. Trek The Himalayas obtains all the necessary permits required for the trek.

What equipment do I need to bring?

Here are some of the essential items that you should bring for the trek:

1. Mountaineering Boots: Sturdy, waterproof boots with good ankle support and crampon compatibility are a must.

2. Crampons: Essential for traction on snow and ice-covered terrain.

3. Ice Axe: Used for stability and balance while climbing.

4. Climbing Harness: Used to attach yourself to the rope and provide additional support while climbing.

5. Rope: A dynamic rope that can handle the weight of the climber and any equipment being carried.

6. Helmet: To protect the head from falling rocks and other debris.

7. Warm Clothing: This includes a warm down jacket, thermal inner layers, and waterproof outer layers.

8. Sleeping Bag: A good quality sleeping bag that can handle sub-zero temperatures.

9. Backpack: A durable backpack to carry your equipment and personal items.

10. Sunglasses: To protect your eyes from harmful UV rays and snow glare.

11. Gloves: Waterproof and warm gloves that provide dexterity and grip.

12. Headlamp: A powerful headlamp with extra batteries for use during early morning starts or late night hikes.

Is it safe to trek in this region?

Yes, it is safe to do Twin Peak Trek Expedition with an expert organization. However, it is always advisable to take necessary precautions and follow safety guidelines issued by the Trek Leaders and guide while trekking in the mountains.

Explore Most Informative Articles on Twin Peak - Kang Yatse II, Dzo Jongo, Markha Valley Trek

Ladakh’s twin peak expedition – a duo of majesty.

Embark on Ladakh's Twin Peak Expedition and witness the majestic duo of peaks. Experience the breathtaking beauty of this unique adventure!

Trekking in Ladakh, Ladakh Treks

Experience the raw beauty of Ladakh through exhilarating treks. Explore remote trails, high passes, and majestic landscapes in this Himalayan region.

Discover the thrilling adventures of Ladakh

Ladakh is a land of immaculate natural beauty and a hub for trekking and adventure activities.Embark on the thrilling adventures of Ladakh, a land of unparalleled natural beauty and adrenaline-pumping activities. With our exclusive offer of 10% off on packages, dive into the heart of Ladakh's magic. Discover the Ladakh Multisports Adventure, a journey through stunning landscapes and heart-racing activities like white water rafting and treks to iconic spots like Khardung La and Pangong Tso. For the daring, tackle the Kang Yatse II Peak Trek, a challenging ascent offering breathtaking views of the Karakoram and Zanskar ranges.

Or, immerse yourself in the allure of Dzo Jongo Peak, a majestic trek amidst picturesque villages and stunning vistas of Stok Kangri. For the ultimate adventure, opt for the Twin Peak Expedition, conquering both Kang Yatse II and Dzo Jongo in one thrilling journey. Don't miss this chance! Book now and seize the adventure of a lifetime in Ladakh. Offer valid till 20th May .

3 Ultimate Adventures in Ladakh

Discover the magic of Ladakh with our ultimate adventure tours! Experience the breathtaking landscapes and vibrant culture with our Leh Ladakh tour package. From the exhilarating Kang Yatse II Expedition, scaling a 6000-meter peak, to the Twin Peak Expedition conquering Kang Yatse II and Dzo Jongo, and the adrenaline-pumping Ladakh Multisport Adventure, there's something for every thrill-seeker. Trek through Markha Valley, ascend majestic peaks, and engage with local traditions. Embrace the adventure of a lifetime with biking, trekking, and rafting against Ladakh’s stunning backdrop. Join us for an unforgettable journey where adventure and culture converge in the heart of the Himalayas.

40 Best Himalayan Treks in India for 2024

Discover the 40 Best Himalayan Treks in India for 2024! The Himalayas, stretching across India’s northern frontier, offer a stunning array of trekking adventures suitable for all skill levels. From the iconic Everest Base Camp to the serene Valley of Flowers, each trek unveils unique landscapes, diverse flora, and vibrant cultures. Whether you're seeking challenging climbs, scenic hikes, or cultural experiences, the Indian Himalayas have something for every adventurer. Explore these top treks to embrace breathtaking views, ancient trails, and unforgettable journeys in one of the world's most majestic mountain ranges. Gear up for an extraordinary trekking experience in the Himalayas.

• Date and Price

Rent A Gear

Trek Articles

Quick Links

Trekking & Hiking

Mountaineering

Multi Sports

Himalayan Pilgrimage

Website Privacy

Terms & Condition

Contact Info

Get in touch with us. E-mail us Monday-Saturday (10 AM to 6 PM)

Address: Trek The Himalayas 7/2/1, Convent road, Near SBI Main Branch Dehradun-248001,Uttarakhand

Phone: 8191004846

Email: [email protected]

2010 Trek The Himalayas. All rights reserved

• +91 9560897780
• Network websites
• Tour Packages

Mt. Kang Yatse II Trekking Expedition (6250M | 20500 Ft)

• Find a Tour
• Select Theme Activity Holidays Adventure In Himalaya Affordable Treks Ayurveda & Spa Bali Tour Packages Beach Tour Packages In India Chardham Yatra Tour Packages Climbing Expeditions Climbing The Seven Summits Coorg Trekking Packages Corbett Tour Packages Culture & Heritage Cycling Trips Dalhousie Tour Packages Darjeeling Tour Packages Dharamshala Tour Packages Do Dham Tour Packages Dodital Trek Tour Packages Domestic Expedition Domestic Programs Dubai Tour Education Tours Eight Thousand Summit Expats Travel Expedition Calendar Experiential Tours Fairs & Festivals Fam Tours Family Tour Packages Fixed Departure 2024 Gir Tour Packages Golf Tours Hemkund Sahib Tour Packages High Altitude Treks 2024 Himachal Trekking Packages Holidays Outside India India Honeymoon Tour Special India Pilgrimage Tours International Expeditions International Honeymoon Tours International Tour Packages Kailash Mansarovar Yatra Kanha National Park Tour Packages Kashmir Trekking Packages Ladakh Tour Packages Luxury Holiday Packages Luxury Trains Tour Manali Tour Packages Mountaineering Course In India Mountaineering Course India Mountaineering Expeditions In The Indian Himalayas Mountaineering In Himalayas Nagaland Trekking Packages Nepal Trekking Packages North East Tour Packages Overland Jeep Safari Packages For NRI Photography Tours In India Ranthambore Tour Packages Religious / Spiritual Tours River Cruise Rotary International Seven Summit India Shikhar - Trending Programs Of 2024 Shikhar Adventure Institute Shimla Tour Packages Short Break Sightseeing Tours Sikkim Trekking Packages South India Honeymoon Packages South India Tour Packages South India Trekking Packages Special Domestic Packages Special Interest Tours Special Offers For Expats In India Sundarban Tour Packages Tea Tour Of India Thailand Tour Packages Trek To Famous Mountains Trekking In Ladakh Trekking In Uttarakhand Trekking Tours In India Weekend Tours From Delhi Wildlife Tour Packages In India Winter Treks In Indian Himalayas Yamunotri Tour Packages
• Select Destination America Andaman And Nicobar Islands Andhra Pradesh Antarctica Argentina Arunachal Pradesh Assam Australia Bhutan Bihar Chhattisgarh Delhi Goa Gujarat Haryana Himachal Pradesh Indonesia Karnataka Kashmir Kerala Best Ladakh Madhya Pradesh Maharashtra Maldives Meghalaya Nagaland Nepal Odisha Pondicherry Punjab Rajasthan Russia Sikkim Tamil Nadu Tanzania Kilimanjaro Thailand Tibet Turkey United Arab Emirates Uttar Pradesh Uttarakhand West Bengal
• Select Days / Nights Upto 3 Days Packages 4-7 Days Packages 8-12 Days Packages 13-16 Days Packages 17-21 Days Packages 22-30 Days Packages
• Select Departure January February March April May June July August September October November December

Tour Highlights

• Rickshaw ride in Chandni Chowk Old Delhi.
• Visit to seven wonder of world The Taj Mahal.
• Jungle safaris in search of royal Bengal Tiger, Bandhavgarh, Shivpuri & Ranthambore.
• Visit to UNESCO world heritage temples of Khajuraho.
• Experience Rajasthani Culture.
• Visit to seven wonder of world The Taj Mahal
• Grade : Moderate 
• Max altitude : 20500 feet | 6250 Meters 
• Trail Length : 80-85 km
• Duration : 11 Days
• Best time to visit : July to September
• Trek Type : Cross Over Trail
• Price Inclusion
• Similar Itinerary

Mt. Kang Yatse II Trekking Expedition (6250M | 20500 Ft) itinerary

Day 01: arrive delhi, day 02: delhi - leh (3,524 m), day 03: leh, day 4: leh – chilling – markha (3,700 m), day 5: markha – thachungtse (4010 m), day 6: thachungtse – basecamp ( 5200m), day 7: base camp (acclimatisation day), day 8: base camp – summit kang yetse ii - base camp , day 9: reserve day for summit, day 10: base camp – chakdo - leh, day 11: leh – delhi, tour highlight.

• Monasteries in Leh: The Ladakh region is home to many charming and fascinating Buddhist monasteries representative of Buddhist culture, and specifically the monasteries in the Leh region offer great views and insights about Buddhist culture. 
• Markha Valley: This valley is thronged by tourists every year for trekking, camping, picturesque photography, and mountain climbing.

Price Includes:

• Booking of Mount Kang Yatse II with responsible authority in Leh Ladakh 
• Accommodation on twin/double room (sharing) in hotels at Delhi and Leh as per program.
• Airfare Delhi – Leh and Leh – Delhi (luggage limits as per airline).
• All transportation by AC tourist vehicle in Delhi and by Non-AC Jeeps in Mountain areas as per the program.
• All meals as mentioned in the program 
• Trekking and Camping fees during the trek/expedition 
• Services of mountain guide during trekking and climbing 
• Services of Shikhar Travels Escort, Cook and Kitchen helper till and at base camp 
• Complete kitchen and camp equipment’s till base camp.
• First aid kit with Oxygen Cylinder.
• Accommodation in tents during approach March and at Base Camp i.e., one tent for 2 person.
• Transportation of Members luggage maximum 25 Kgs per person road heads to Base Camp & Base Camp to road head by pony
• Common climbing equipment i.e., Climbing rope, Carabiner, Ice piton, Snow bar, etc. 
• All current taxes including Govt. service tax of 5%

Price Doesn't Include:

• Personal clothing and gears required for climbing (Personal Climbing equipment)
• Any kind of insurance.
• Personal expenses such as table drinks, rooms services items, laundry, telephone calls at hotels or tips etc.
• Any personal porter 
• Any additional expenses caused by or liability for a disturbance in the trip program due to our circumstances, weather conditions, sickness, natural disasters, riots etc.
• Any other service or item which is not mentioned as “Price Includes”.

• High Operating Standards
• Friendly and Knowledgeable Staff
• Personal travel consultants
• Tailor made holiday packages
• Private Tours for individuals and groups.
• Guarantee Fixed Departures
• Flexibility in organising and bookings
• Recognised by Government of India
• Save time and effort
• Licensed and Recognised Tour Operator

Recognised by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India as Inbound Tour Operator & Adventure Tour Operator. Registered with Indian Mountaineering Foundation.

• Incentive Ideas
• Activity Holidays
• Fixed Departure
• Luxury Holidays
• Destination Wedding
• Partner Company
• Life on the Planet Ladakh
• Airline Ticketing
• Transportation
• List of Expeditions Handled
• Women Only Travel
• Festivals of India
• Corporate Social Responsibility
• Term & Condition
• Covid Guidelines
• About Shikhar
• Awards & Achievements
• Useful resources
• Press Media
• Group Websites
• Insurance Partner

Sign-up to receive special deals, update and newsletter.

• [email protected]
• +91-9318840504

Kang Yatse 2 Peak Trek Expedition

Rated 4.9/5.0 on tripadvisor. 550 reviews.

• Preparation of Trek
• Things to Carry
• Inclusion & Exclusion

Key Highlights

• Altitude : 6250 m
• Time : 12 Days - 11 Nights
• Region: Leh, Ladakh
• Best Time: May-September
• Distance: 70 Kms
• Grade: Moderate

Kang Yatse 2 Peak Trek Expedition, also in Hemis National Park, is the shorter of its two relatives, Kang Yatse 1  Trek Expedition, which stands at 6,400 metres. On our sixth day of hiking, we finally get our first glimpse of Kang Yatse II, one of the highest trekking peaks in Ladakh's vast, dry landscape. We'll be making our way to its base via Markha Valley. Standing towering amongst the parched plains of scree and loose rocks, the summit is a piece of beauty.

Even before leaving the high alpine city of Leh, you will be surrounded by natural splendour. From the drive up to Skiu, where the Zanskar and Indus rivers meet, to the odd glimpse of native animals, to the agonisingly dry but breathtaking climb through Markha Valley, all the way to the foot of this coveted mountain, its 6,250M of splendour is impossible to ignore. A taste of the local culture and way of life may be gained by travelling through the few towns that dot this dry terrain. The terrain is dotted with temples, mani walls, and stupas that attest to the religious beliefs of the local population. The prayer flags provide some much-needed vibrancy into an otherwise colourless setting. They also help to calm the steadily decreasing oxygen levels as we ascend this beautiful mountain. Old monasteries, destroyed forts, and abandoned constructions abound in this mud civilization, all of which blend in with the region's unusual geological features, contributing to the area's air of mystery. Although much of the hike is spent covering distances across rough terrain, the hardest part of the expedition occurs on summit day, when we gain an elevation of 1,200 metres in a single day.

The descent of Kongmaru La, a high altitude pass at a height of 5,236 metres, is another aspect of the journey that, on its own, is enough to put it at the very top of your must-do list. There are just a few places with a high slope on the way up to the Kongmaru La pass, which offers spectacular views of Kang Yatse I, Kang Yatse II, and Dzo Jongo in between lengthy stretches of flat country abundant with pikus and marmots. The prayer flag-draped pass is where a ferocious wind meets the mountain peaks. As you make your way down from the pass, the valley will emerge and fade around every bend. The landscape is visually captivating, with rocks of every imaginable hue strewn over the landscape and gigantic cliffs rising vertically on either side of you as you make your way through geological formations filled with the oddest and most fascinating flora and wildlife you have ever seen.

Trekking peaks, like Kang Yatse, don't need special gear or expertise. However, due to the high altitude and tremendous physical exertion necessary, this hike is recommended only for seasoned mountaineers. The months of June through September provide ideal conditions for scaling this mountain.

Cost Per Person

• Preparation for Trek

Itinerary of Expedition

The journey begins at Leh, a gateway to Ladakh, where some of the world's highest mountains may be found. It's also easily accessible, making it an ideal vacation spot. See whether the article (Travel choices from near Leh) can help you figure out how to travel to the high-altitude climbing epicentre. The first day of the expedition is set aside for climbers to travel to Leh and check into their lodgings. Due to the fact that mountaineers will be arriving from sea level, acclimatisation to the thinner air at higher elevations will be necessary.

Plan on taking it easy and giving your body time to adjust to the higher altitude on day two. This is crucial because it gives your body time to adjust to its new surroundings, decreasing the likelihood of developing any negative health effects. You may go sight-seeing in the surrounding area, see some of the neighbouring attractions, or just wander the city and immerse yourself in the vibrant colours and unique culture of this mountain metropolis. It would help with acclimation to go out and about in the city a little. You may also utilise this time to double-check everything on your excursion checklist and pick up any last-minute necessities. The finest market to stock up on hiking gear is in Leh. While the body adjusts to the altitude, we have a debriefing session to discuss the next days' events, including our itinerary, what to anticipate, and some of the most fundamental rules for being respectful of the mountains and the environment.

The journey from Leh to Skiu provides an ideal preview of the next days' surroundings. We get ready and go off between 10:30 and 11:00 AM so that we can be at the campground in time to pitch our tents, create some campfires, and enjoy a hot meal while we adjust to our new surroundings. It's a really relaxing ride. Almost an hour and a half later, after driving across a flat and bleak plain beside the river Indus, we reach its confluence with the distinctively coloured Zanskar River. During our brief journey, we saw bare mountains in a wide variety of shapes, sizes, and surfaces, including perfectly stacked slabs of rock, carelessly piled pieces of rock, sheets of rock pushed tightly together, loose rocks, mud mountains, and many more. It's as if God used the whole thing as a dumping ground for the many failed clay sculptures He made. By the time we get to the campground for lunch, we will have been through some of the driest regions you have ever seen. There are a number of dispersed, little settlements here, and the surrounding fields are all a little bit greener as a result. Greenery is a sight for sore eyes because of how new and vibrant it always seems. After lunch and setting up camp, we'll take an early evening stroll to help us adjust to the altitude. A new environment calls for an acclimatisation walk, since the human body need time to adjust to its new surroundings. You should always have a water bottle with you. It won't take long for you to notice that the weather in this area is somewhat unusual, being as hot, dry, and dusty as it is. There is a high probability that your neck may feel dry due to the heat. Yet this is typical. It will take time for your body to readjust.

Upon approaching Ladakh, the first thing you will notice is the tremendous dryness; your throat may feel scratchy and your face may feel scorched by the intense, unfiltered sunlight. As far as the eye can see, the Marka valley just adds to this dry atmosphere. Think about it: you're out in the hot sun on vast, open plains, with no trees to provide shade, and the surrounding mountains seem like they may collapse at any moment. Those people aren't doing it out of the goodness of their hearts. The Markha valley journey takes you to a strange and wonderful land of dirt, heat, and unrivalled beauty. It's going to be a long day, so we need to get going as soon as possible. We have an early morning yoga practise and breakfast, then we break camp and go out to Markha Village by 8:30 AM. Wear warm layers in the mornings because of the terrain. The path is rather flat and straight today, with just a few short, gentle climbs. The sharp peaks of the rocks, the poplar trees, and the muddy route all appear to be one continuous scene as we trek for five days to reach the peaceful camp of Kang Yatse II. One of the few signs of life in an otherwise still terrain is the silvery river that winds its way down the valley floor in flowing cascades, glistening in the harsh sunlight. At the 2.5-hour mark, we reach a little wooden bridge that stretches over the fiercely running dark creek. An hour later, we'll have arrived at Sara, which is exactly halfway to our final goal. The terrain consists mostly of unpaved roads and the stony bottom of the ocean. By 4 o'clock at the earliest, we will have arrived at the campground. We've set up camp in the middle of the long green grass against a background of bare mountains, and now it's time for the acclimatisation walk. We'll spend the remainder of the day looking around and relaxing.

Even though today is shorter than yesterday, we still have a lot of distance to cover. There are vast stretches of flat country interspersed with gentle hills and valleys, and this is essentially the whole landscape. Today, like Day 4, we begin promptly at 08:30. After just an hour of hiking, we come to our first ford. The fluctuation in water levels is quite difficult to forecast. Wading through water up to your waist is an option, or you may hop, skip, and leap over the stream if the water level is low enough. Within an hour of fording the river, we've arrived at Tacha Gompa, a monastery perched on a cliff's edge, its mud-covered garb a perfect metaphor for its location on top of a muddy mountain. After a another hour, we reach a steady uphill section leading to a tavern in a nearby hamlet, where we may relax and refuel. It'll take us two hours to get to our day's camping. After just an hour of hiking, we begin to get glimpses of Lower Hunkar. It's an open area where the thick plants stop and you can see for miles as the mountains blend into one another. You'll leave the river's edge and begin to ascend a little bit higher now. The trail's lack of rough ground might make it seem boring at times, but the many opportunities to refresh your feet in the chilly water serve as a welcome reminder to pay attention. We camped out in the midst of a wheat field. In the backdrop, distant communities with widely spaced dwellings serve as a kind of outer defence for the tents. In the afternoon, we'll go on an acclimatisation stroll about Hunkar, and there's a lot to see and do there. You won't have any complaints about this stroll!

One of life's greatest pleasures is sitting in the middle of a frigid morning and watching the sunshine gently creep to you, as if tormenting you. We have a lot of area to cover and height to gain today, so we begin as early as we have in the past. By 8:30 a.m., we've finished breaking camp and are on our way out of the campground. In only 15 minutes, we'll have climbed 100 metres in elevation to reach Upper Hunkar, a little village of dwellings smack in the centre of lush green fields dotted with colourful flowers. The prayer flags that decorate every town in this valley break up the otherwise monochromatic landscape. Mani stones, sacred rocks, may be found in every community and along the paths connecting them. Adding to the unique atmosphere of the valley are stone plates and pebbles etched with Buddhist mantras. Often as a tribute to the local spirits, mani stones are arranged in mounds or scattered along highways and waterways. As a continuance of their belief that the cosmos revolves clockwise, generating circular patterns, the locals insist that these constructions be traversed from the left, a practise that is also viewed as a recurring pattern in all Buddhist practises. The fields around each town are arranged in odd geometric patterns that contribute to the overall weirdness of the landscape. We do a U-turn at Upper Hunkar, a little settlement, to get to the other side, and then go left into the valley in the direction from where you can view Kang Yatse. We keep going on the stones and rocks along the river. In an hour, we'll be leaving the riverbank and climbing a muddy mountain. The peaks in this area appear like cardboard mountains, robust yet twisted in parts in weird ways ready to shatter on one severe hit. There isn't a soul in the valley who is in a rush, save maybe that one lonely cloud up in the otherwise clear sky. Each blind bend reveals a fresh perspective, each with its own set of mysteries, and the yellow and pink flowers just contribute to the chiaroscuro effect. Within half an hour of the rise, we reach a tiny piece of downhill carrying us to a bridge to be crossed over to the other side of the river. Our stopping station is a barren campground at 4,195M where we fill water from a fresh water spring and lie down for a little among the abandoned stone constructions. At this point, we no longer need to worry about the water. It's going to be a long, steady climb up to Twin Lake from here. It will take us three hours to reach there from our resting location. Best views of both Kang Yatse peaks, I and II, may be had near Twin Lake. In the midst of the placid water, a Buddhist statue stands as a focal point for the lake, which is decorated with prayer flags. Next to the lake is a tiny enclosure that serves as a sacred gathering spot. From here on out, the landscape is largely level with a few humps until you reach the campground. Keep your eyes peeled for marmots, which can go at the speed of light, and the adorable pika, who are both very active and little. Nimaling, our day's campsite at 4,535 metres, would have been within reach if we had continued on this fairly level area with numerous rodents, horses, donkeys, and herds of yaks for another two hours. The sunset from this campground is not something you want to miss. During the evening, we take a stroll to help us adjust to the altitude.

After the lengthy days traversing Markha Valley, the path to reach the base camp may not appear very tough. In the early hours of the day, we leave the safety of Nimaling to begin the five-hour hike to basecamp, which is at an elevation of 5,100 metres and represents a net gain of around 600 metres in height for the day. From the open ground of Nimaling, the route for the base camp begins as an upward climb over loose rocks and scree, until we come to the top of the ridge — this is also when you get a full glimpse of the mountain in all its majesty. The route softly slopes downwards from here on, until we go over the river to the other side which is the foot of the mountain and also our camp for the day. The remainder of the day is spent adjusting to the thinner air at a higher altitude. As is customary, plan to arrive in time for a hot meal and go on a short acclimatisation walk in the wee hours of the evening.

Today is scheduled for acclimation to the altitude as we gained quite a bit of height the previous day and have also entered a considerably different area. We utilise this time to distribute equipment and gears essential for the climb and also to practise fundamental skills we will use for our summit attempt tonight. After a leisurely morning spent distributing gear and eating a late breakfast, we go to the neighbouring hill for some practise runs and to get used to our snow boots, ice axes, and crampons. We'll be instructed on the ins and outs of roping up, as well as the appropriate calls to use, while travelling through snowy ground. The use of an ice axe, both for climbing efficiency and protection in the crevasses present in this area, is another skill we acquire. We call it a day early so that everyone may get plenty of rest before we start our ascent later on.

NOW is the time! We depart for our summit push between 11 PM and 12 AM. It will be a long day and a chilly night. We leave Base Camp and make our way up the hill to the right until we reach the crest of the mountain. Although the track is clearly defined, the terrain changes here to loose scree and moraine which is treacherous and has to be navigated with care. We proceed ascending the ridge till reaching the ablation zone of the glacier from the north face of Kang Yatse II. After a short 100m ascent up the moraine ridge, we rope up and enter the glacier. We will ascend the north face toward the northwest ridge while slowly going higher. After circling to the northwest ridge, we continue straight up and across a rocky protrusion, eventually reaching the peak by staying on the ridge. We should make up to the peak between 7:30 and 8:00 in the morning, spend some time taking in the breathtaking vista, and then begin our descent. We need to make it back to base camp in time for a hot lunch and before the snow becomes unstable.

A backup summit attempt is planned for Day 10 in case of inclement weather or other challenges. In the very unlikely event that anything completely out of the ordinary happens just before the initial summit push, this plan B will be used.

Each day of our walk, including today, is lengthy, but that's just the nature of Kang Yatse. Today, instead of heading straight down to Leh, we'll be passing through the 5,236-meter-high Kongmaru La Pass. Since we have a long way to go before we reach the road head from where we will be driven to Leh, we get an early start. We break camp and travel down the mountain in the morning. Our descent path to Nimaling is the same as our ascent route. We begin our ascent of the mountain from the other side, from Nimaling. As the clouds lash out in every direction, the sun's radiance takes on a variety of pinks and reds, from pale to vibrant. When the sun hits the snow on the summits, it reflects its light like a fire, heightening the landscape's dramatic effect. During the morning at Nimaling, the river rushes from the meadows towards the mountains as a plethora of animals revel in the new day. There are no particularly perilous areas on this day, but the distance and the parched landscape make the journey arduous nevertheless. There are just a few places with a significant inclination on the way up to Kongmaru La pass, and the rest of the way is flat, but home to many pikus and marmots. After 3.5 hours of hiking, we reach the foot of the pass, from whence we must ascend a hard inclination for another half an hour to reach the summit of the mountain. The pass offers stunning panoramas of Kang Yatse I and II, as well as Dzo Jongo. The prayer flag-draped pass is a dangerous place to be, as the air there can be quite gusty. The locals here use this pass frequently to make phone calls, as it is connected to a fast and reliable data and telecommunications network (though you lose a few steps on either side of the pass). From Nimaling, this location is about 2 kilometres away. After reaching the pass, the only option is to descend via a treacherous, narrow path through gorges and across streams, with the valley appearing and disappearing at every bend. The geological formations, which include massive walls of rocks standing vertically on either side of you and the gush of water filling up these narrow passageways, are fascinating, as are the bizarre and fascinating flora and fauna that can be found there. From where we started in Chokdo, we drove for three hours to Leh, going up, down, and in every other direction imaginable. A late-evening arrival in Leh is to be anticipated.

This is the last stop on the journey, and it is cause for celebration. If we don't celebrate our accomplishment at the peak, how are we supposed to wrap up our adventure? Read on if you want some suggestions on where to go if you decide to extend your trip to Ladakh and see its many attractions. Traveling to Leh Ladakh? Here Are Some Attractions. High-altitude circumstances, including the weather, are notoriously difficult to anticipate. We advise leaving a few days between the conclusion of the excursion and your scheduled return home.

Enquiry For Group Bookings

➽ preparation for expedition.

As you well know, the great Himalayan expedition is one that requires careful preparation, a strategy that allows for enough flexibility to adapt to whatever challenges may arise.

Therefore, here are some things to consider before setting out on your Kang Yatse 2 Peak Expedition:

⦿ Physically – You should start working out at least a month before signing up for a program if you want to be physically prepared for the rigours of a journey. Strengthen your legs by jogging and working out regularly to increase your stamina. To better acclimatise to the environment and increase your resilience on the walk, you should give up smoking and undertake breathing exercises twice a day. Engage in vigorous physical activity, such as playing sports, doing Yoga, or running.

⦿ Mentally –

Getting in shape physically is essential, but mental preparation is just as crucial for a successful walk. Take time to enjoy your regular activities, maintain a healthy diet and sleep schedule, and unwind before embarking on a hike. Predictions regarding the journey should not cause mental worry. Spend time with your closest pals to recharge your batteries and renew your spirit. Pre-trek preconceptions are unwarranted since the first contact with the other trekkers is certain to be a source of inspiration and energy. Conditions during the walk will contribute to the increase in mental readiness. The mental repercussions of physical disadvantages will not be ignored. So, when you hike, pay attention to different regions of your body and purposefully relax them. If you want to enjoy your hike, you should learn to loosen up a little, particularly in the hips. Think about your descent as a simple dance, and enjoy the natural rhythms that the path and your body can discover together gradually, whether you're on a flowing downhill route or a frightening slope. Try out a few new walking techniques to add some fun to your commute without worrying about getting somewhere in particular. Maintaining mental fitness mostly requires a willingness to relax and take in the journey, rather than subjecting oneself to undue stress.

➽ Things to Carry

• Good Trekking Boots: You need sturdy trekking boots with supportive high ankles. Don't bring your running shoes. U can carry extra floaters/flip flops also.
• Wear warm clothing, such three-layer coats, fleece upper, hollow fill or down-filled jackets. Carry full-sleeved T-shirt. Carry cotton hiking trek pants and warm pant for your lower body. Never bring shorts or jeans on a hike.
• Take top and bottom thermals with you.
• Quick dry towel with light weight and Personal toiletries. Suns cream lotion, sanitizer, tooth brush ad toothpaste, lip balm and antibacterial powder.
• Socks: Bring two pairs of regular socks and two pair of wool socks for wearing at night.
• A head torch is required.
• Sunglasses/ Goggle: UV-protected sunglasses are necessary to protect against sunlight and Snow Mountain.
• There should also be a woolen cap / balaclava, cap, neck gaiter cum face mask and warm fleece and waterproof summit gloves since it will be chilly. Keep waterproof gloves on hand since they become wet in the snow.
• Everyone taking part in the activity should have their own lunchbox, spoon, mug and water bottle/ hydration pack of 2 ltr.
• Raincoats/ponchos: Since snowfall and rain are frequent at high elevations, it is important to have one on hand so as to avoid getting wet.
• Trekking bag of 75 ltr with rain cover.
• Walking stick.
• Personal first aid box. Emergency ration, energy bars, dry fruit, electoral/Ors
• Personal technical gears list of mountaineering (on rent basis available)
• Climbing boot, Crampon, Sleeping bag (optional), Ice axe, seat harness, Rope and tape sling, helmet, Summit gloves, Gaiters, Carabineers 2 no (screw), figure of eight/descendor, Zumar (Ascendor),
• Required Documents: a) Registration Form b) Medical Certificate (signed by a licensed MBBS physician) c) NOC form (completed by the trekker) d) 2 passport-size photos e) ID Proof photo (not PAN) f) Basic Mountaineering Course certificate. g) Insurance upto 5 lac..

➽ How to Reach

The best mode of transportation is airplanes:

The only way to get to Ladakh is by flight after the roads to the high passes are blocked for the winter season due to snow. The Manali-Leh and Srinagar-Leh roads are often shut by October-November and November-December, respectively. Throughout the winter, a number of airlines provide frequent flights to Leh. The major goal is Delhi. From Delhi to Leh, there is one flight every day. All three airlines provide flights between New Delhi and Leh: Jet Airways, Air India, and Go Air.

Because rates have a tendency to increase after a given length of time, reservations should be made well in advance.

➽ Trip Cost Includes

• Mountaineering (Instructor/guide) services provided by a highly trained, professional, and qualified Himalayan Adventure Trips staff.
• Certified local guide with extensive familiarity of the area.
• Climbing provides only vegetarian food (breakfast, lunch, and dinner).
• Staff include chefs, cooks, and helpers.
• High Altitude Force, Low Altitude Force, Porters, Mules for Common Equipment (Rations, Tents, Utensils, Central Climbing Equipment, etc.)
• Tents (to be shared), sleeping bags, air mattresses, and air pads are included. Inner
• We offer twin-share accommodations in dome, alpine, and high-altitude tents on all of our treks and expeditions. All necessary camping equipment, including air mattresses, a shelter for cooking and eating, a table and chairs, a stool, and more, would be supplied.
• Someone who can carry heavy items, set up high camps, repair ropes, etc. at high altitudes.
• Assistance from Guide All the Way to the Top
• High-altitude butane gas cooker
• The only meal offered at the hotel will be breakfast. All meals while on the walk will be supplied for you. Indian, Chinese, and Continental cuisines, all freshly cooked, will be on the menu.
• Tin-packaged food is what we'll eat at high altitude.
• A standard first aid kit with oxygen masks for the patient.
• Camping fees, wildlife fees, and forest permits.
• Taxes imposed by the state.

➽ Trip cost Excludes

• Climbers may hire individual porters to carry their gear.
• Airport transportation costs
• Expenses for carrying still/video cameras etc.
• Irregular/Personal costs, such as laundry, phone calls, and gratuities.
• Climbing equipment such as ropes, pitons, snow bars, crabs, etc.
• Your own personal mountaineering equipment and clothes, as well as any specialised foods you may need
• Inner Line Permit.
• Health coverage or the price of a rescue mission
• Expenditures of a more personal character (such as booze, soda, bottled water, mineral water, canned or bottled drinks, candy, canned or packaged dried fruits, etc.)
• Provisions/food to or from the starting point of the trek.
• Any expenses that are incurred as a result of natural disasters, human error, or other unforeseeable occurrences.
• Protect your trip with a travel insurance policy.
• Authorization, licensing, and enlistment with the IMF.
• Payment for Liaison Officer (included for foreign expedition only)

➽ Special Casual Leaves

Government employee can avail the benefit of special casual leave when u join us for a trekking expedition. As per the rule of the pay commission, special casual leave can be availed for up to 30 days in a calendar years for trekking and mountaineering expeditions through a register organization. Himalayan adventure trips are a register adventure tour operator register with Indian mountaineering foundation and Himachal Pradesh tourism. Candidates have to apply for leave at least 30 days before the trek/expedition start.

➽ Frequently Asked Questions

Kang Yatse 2 Peak is situated in the Markha Valley region of the Eastern Ladakh region in the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir.

The summit of Kang Yatse 2 Peak stands at an elevation of approximately 6,250 meters (20,505 feet) above sea level.

The typical starting point for the Kang Yatse 2 Peak Trek Expedition is Leh, the capital of Ladakh. Leh can be reached by air from major cities in India, and then the journey continues by road to the trailhead.

The best time to climb Kang Yatse 2 Peak is during the summer months, from June to September, when the weather is relatively stable and the trekking conditions are favorable.

Climbing Kang Yatse 2 Peak is considered to be of moderate to challenging difficulty, requiring good physical fitness, stamina, and some technical climbing skills, especially at higher altitudes.

Yes, prior climbing experience, especially at high altitudes, is highly recommended before attempting Kang Yatse 2 Peak. Experience with glacier travel, ice axe, and crampon techniques is also beneficial.

Equipment required for climbing usually includes crampons, ice axes, ropes, harnesses, helmets, walking poles, & camping gear, but most of the things will be provided to you by us. You need proper clothing for extreme cold weather conditions. Many important things is already mentioned above on this page.

The main dangers include altitude sickness, crevasses, avalanches, extreme weather, and rockfall. Proper preparation, acclimatization, and caution are crucial to mitigate these risks.

The length of time taken to ascend & descend the peak usually takes 12–11 days

Climbing Kang Yatse 2 Peak solo is not recommended due to the technical nature of the climb, high altitude, and potential hazards. It's safer and more enjoyable to climb with an experienced guide or in a guided group.

Permits for climbing Mt. Nun can be obtained from the Indian Mountaineering Foundation (IMF) or the local authorities in Leh. But don't worry we will help you & do this task on your behalf.

There are ATMs available in Leh , the nearest major town to Kang Yatse 2 Peak Trek Expedition base camp. However, it's advisable to carry sufficient cash as facilities may be limited in remote areas.

Some other famous treks and expeditions in the Leh Range include Stok Kangri , Kang Yatse , and Mentok Kangri . Each offers its own unique challenges and breathtaking views of the Himalayas.

CAPTURED BY OUR TEAM

Testimonials, ➽ provided by the customers.

Everything about our visit to Prashar lake was better than we could have imagined. From our initial contact with Himalayan Adventure Trips, we felt their genuine interest in learning about our group's goals and expectations, and our travels with them reinforced at every turn that they not only understood our requirements but also have the acute skill and expertise to achieve them. Having already had such a wonderful experience with this firm, I will be promoting a trek to Prashar lake to all my friends who share my passion for hiking and will specifically recommend that they work with this outfit. Absolutely fantastic; I have nothing but praise for it.

I went on the Prashar Lake Trek with Himalayan Adventure Trips with some friends; it was our first trek, and we had a great time because of the beautiful scenery and convenient location. We owe a debt of gratitude to Manu, who organised the trip.

Visiting Prashar lake was a fantastic experience.

How useful was this post?

Click on a star to rate it!

Average rating 0 / 5. Vote count: 0

No votes so far! Be the first to rate this post.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

➽ Other Related Expedition

Mt. Black Peak

16d - 15n (uttarkashi).

• Mt. Hanuman Tibba

12D - 11N (Manali)

Mt. Friendship Peak

7d - 6n (manali).

23D - 22N (Leh)

₹ 55,000 5% gst, recognition & association.

Recognised by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India as an Approved Adventure Tour Operator

Naggar, Manali, Distt. Kullu. (HP.)

• [email protected]

Best Expediton of India

• Black Peak Expedition
• Mt. Nun Expedition
• Mt. Deo Tibba Expedition
• Mt. Friendship Peak Expedition

Information

• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy Policy

Subscribe Our Newsletter

Freedom Sale: Enjoy up to 25% off on winter adventures until August 15th!

Kang Yatse I Peak

The Toughest Expedition in Markha Valley - Meant for Experienced Climbers

Available Batches

Brief description.

Brief Itinerary

Detailed itinerary.

Arrive in Leh (3,500 M)

The trek starts from Leh, which is a headway into Ladakh that is home to some of the highest peaks in the region. It is also a very popular tourist destination and hence fairly accessible. If you need guidance on how to get to this high-altitude hub of mountaineering, this article ( Travel options from around Leh ) might be useful.

Day one is reserved for the climbers to make their way to Leh and get settled into their accommodation. Since climbers will be coming to this altitude from sea level, the body will need time to get comfortable with the mountain air.

Rest and Acclimatization in Leh (3,500M)

Day two is reserved for rest and acclimatization to the altitude, too. This is important to allow your body to adapt to its new environment and reduce chances of adverse health conditions. You can go around and explore the city market, delve into the colors and culture of this high-mountain city and visit some places nearby. A little movement around the city would be good for acclimatization. Also, use this time to go through your checklist and do some last-minute shopping for what you might be missing for the expedition. Leh has the best market for trekking essentials.   

While the body acclimatizes, we take this time to get together with the group for a debriefing session where we get to know each other better and delve into the happenings of the next few days - schedule, what to expect, basic do's and don'ts in the mountains, how to maintain the sanctity of the environment and other such matters of importance.

Leh (3,500M) to Skiu (3,500M)

Distance: 35 kms

Time Taken: 3 hour drive

The drive from Leh to Skiu is the perfect introduction to the general terrain we are about to enter for the next few days. We assemble and leave for the day between 10:30 AM and 11:00 AM so that we can make it to the campsite, set up our tents and have hot lunch as we settle into this new environment. The drive is smooth. The road goes through a flat and desolate plain alongside river Indus until we reach its confluence with the distinctly coloured Zanskar River, in close to an hour and a half. In this short drive, we witness barren mountains of all shapes, forms and textures – slabs of rock stacked one on top of the other neatly, chunks of rock resting on each other haphazardly, sheets of rock hard-pressed into each other, loose rocks, mountains made of mud, and much more. The entire set up looks like an experimental playfield of forms for the creator where He dumped all the discarded versions of His clay models.

After coming through some of the driest areas you will witness, we reach the campsite by lunch time. This is amongst the many scattered and tiny hamlets spread out in the area which makes it a little green for all the fields of the locals. The freshness of vegetation is a sight for sore eyes.

Once we set up camp and are finished with lunch, we go for a little acclimatization walk in the early evening. This is extremely important as it’s a new terrain and the body needs time to adapt to new conditions. Remember to carry a bottle of water everywhere you go. It won’t be long before you realize the weather here is peculiar – extremely hot, extremely dry and extremely arid. The heat turns you into a crisp and your throat is likely to feel dry. This, however, is normal. Give your body some time to recalibrate.

Skiu (3,500M) to Sara (3,500M)

Distance: 11 km

Time Taken: 6 hours

The first thing you would have noticed on entering Ladakh is that it is extremely dry – your throat is likely to feel scratchy and your face burnt from all the unobstructed heat that the land receives all day under the harsh sun. Marka valley is a long extension of this parched feeling. Imagine walking in the harsh sun on wide, open lands with no respite from the heat, surrounded by mountains that look like they could come crumbling down at any point; they just aren’t doing it out of the goodness of their hearts! This is Markha valley trek – a civilization of mud, heat and insurmountable beauty of a peculiar kind.

It is a long day so we start as early as possible. Right after an early yoga session and breakfast, we pack up our tents and get moving towards Markha Village by 08:30 AM. Mornings, in this terrain tend to get a little chilly; don’t forget to layer up accordingly. The trail today is easy and mostly straight with a few sections of ascent. The pointed rocky peaks, the poplar trees, and the muddy trail, they seem like a constant picture through which we walk for 5 days to get to the camp of Kang Yatse I – quiet and still. The river shining silver in the bright, harsh sun is the only thing that mimics movement in this otherwise static landscape – snaking through the bed of the valley in gushing streams. Two and a half hours into the trek, we cross a small wooden bridge over the aggressively flowing murky stream. And within an hour from then, we reach Sara, which is our destination for the day. The trail is mostly dirt roads and the rocky sea bed.

Sara (3,500M) to Markha Village (3,710M)

Distance: 10 km

Time Taken: 5 hours

We continue on the trail from yesterday, onwards to Markha Village which, with upwards of 40 households, is the largest village in the valley. The trail gradually ascends 300M across 10 km, so it is not a heavy day. The terrain also remains the same as yesterday and hence is easier to cover because of familiarity with the topography. We reach the campsite in time for a hot lunch. After setting up our camps in this campsite in the midst of the tall green grass with a backdrop of barren mountains, we go for an acclimatization walk in the evening. The rest of the day is to explore the setting and rest our weary selves. 

Markha Village (3,710M) to Lower Hunkar (3,968M)

Distance: 11 kms

Time Taken: 6 hours trek

Today we are covering as much ground as we did yesterday. The terrain remains fairly the same, with long patches of even land with a few ascents and descents along the way. Just like Day 4, we start today as early as 08:30 in the morning. Within an hour into the trek, we reach our first river crossing. The water levels here are extremely unpredictable. Depending on the level of the water, you will either find yourself wading through waist deep current or cross the stream in a hop, skip and jump.

Within an hour of crossing the river we reach Tacha Gompa – a monastery high up on a steep incline, precariously standing dressed in mud on top of a muddy mountain. In another hour we climb a small patch of steady incline leading to a small village canteen where we get some refreshments and well-earned rest. Our campsite for the day is a two hour trek from here. One hour into the trek, we start seeing Lower Hunkar. It is a clearing where large bushes end and the landscape opens up to views of mountains disappearing into each other. This is when you start climbing a little farther up from the river bed. While the trail misses an uneven terrain which can get monotonous at times, but constantly dipping your feet in icy water has a way of jolting you back to attention.

We set up our tents in the middle of wheat fields. Far away villages with houses lined far apart stand guard around the tents, in the background.

There is a lot to explore around Hunkar on our acclimatization walk later in the day. This is one walk you won’t complain about!

Hunkar (3,968M) to Kang Yatse I Base Camp (5,100M)

Distance: 8-9 kms

Time: 6-7 hours

Sitting in the heart of a chilly morning, the sunlight inching towards you is one of the best sights - to see it slowly crawl to you like it is teasing you!

We are gaining quite a bit of altitude today and there is also a lot of ground to cover, so we start as early as our previous days.

We pack up our tents and leave the campsite by 08:30 AM. Fifteen minutes of sharp ascent and a 100M altitude gain later, we will reach Upper Hunkar – a small hamlet with houses nestled right in the middle of bright green fields bordered with flowers. Every village in this valley is adorned with prayer flags which add to the colour palette of the otherwise dichromatic color scheme. Also, you will find religious boulders called Mani stones in every village and on the trail between the many villages. These are stone plates and rocks inscribed with Buddhist mantras adding to the inimitable vibe of the valley. Mani stones are placed alongside the roads and rivers or sometimes placed together to form a mound as an offering to the spirits of the place. The beliefs of the locals dictate that these structures be crossed from the left as a continuation of their belief of the universe revolving in a clockwise direction forming circular patterns which are seen as a repetitive pattern in all Buddhist customs. 

The fields in every village form peculiar geometric patterns adding to the atypical aesthetic of the place. We circle around the village of Upper Hunkar to get to the other side and then turn left into the valley towards the side you start to see Kang Yatse. We continue alongside the river on rocks and boulders. In an hour’s time, we leave the river’s side and make a steep ascend on a muddy mountain. The peaks in this region look like cardboard mountains, sturdy but bent in places in strange ways ready to crumble on one harsh blow. Nothing in the valley is in any hurry except that one lost cloud in the otherwise blue sky which is trying to go places. Yellow and pink flowers add to the chiaroscuro as every blind turn revels a different view holding new secrets waiting to be uncovered.

Within half an hour of the ascent, we reach a small patch of descent taking us to a bridge to be crossed over to the other side of the river. Our resting point is a desolate campsite at 4,195M where we fill water from a fresh water spring and lay down for a bit in the abandoned stone structures. We have now left the river behind. From here on, we start on a continuous but gradual ascend all the way up to Twin Lake. It will take us three hours to get there from our resting point. Twin Lake provides for the best views of Kang Yatse I as well as Kang Yatse II. The lake itself is embellished with prayer flags and a Buddhist statue bang in the middle of the quiescent water of the lake. There is a small enclosure used as a place of worship, right next to the lake.

The route from the lake splits into two – one descending down towards Nimaling and one which takes you to the base camp of Kang Yatse I. We make a right here and head towards the Base Camp. It should take us close to two hours to make it to the base camp. We set up our camps here and call it a day.

Base Camp (5,100M) to Advanced Base Camp (5700m) to Base Camp (5,100M)

Distance: 4-5 km

Time Taken: 6-7 hours

Given that high-altitude climbs demand a rigorous acclimatization routine, expeditions usually employ the method of making rotation rounds between camps so as to better adapt to the environment. Living the tenet of ‘climb high, sleep low’ which is a golden rule for survival in that altitude, we make multiple rounds between campsites. We will carry our load and make our way to the Advanced Base Camp. We climb back down to base camp for the night. The climb up to Advanced Base Camp is not tough but takes you through precarious sections of scree and over glaciers.

Base Camp (5,100M) to Advanced Base Camp (5,700m)

We once again make our way up to the Advanced Base Camp, this time to occupy the campsite.

Advanced Base Camp (5,700M) to Summit (6,400M) to Base Camp (5,100M)

Today is THE day. We leave the warmth of our tents and start towards the summit around midnight. The route from the Advanced Base Camp starts to get technical. It launches you straight onto steep slopes of a high gradient. Depending on the snow at the time, it might require fixing of ropes to traverse. The climb involves navigating steep sections, ice walls and knife ridges with a steep drop on both sides. The last 500M to the summit are the trickiest and require climbing an almost vertical ice wall with the use of fixed ropes. The summit provides for some exceptional views of the mountain ranges around.

After we savor the moment of having made it to the top, we start to make the equally long descend down towards base camp. It is going to be a long and demanding day which needs caution, both while going up and coming back down.

Base Camp (5,100M) to Nimaling (4,535M)

We pack up our tents and leave for Nimaling where we will stay for the night.

Nimaling (4,535M) to Leh (3,500M) via Kongmaru La Pass (5,236M)

Distance: 15 km

Time Taken: 8 hours trek + 3 hour drive

After a short and easy day yesterday, we have a lot of ground to cover to get to Chokdo – our road head from where we drive to Leh.

From Nimaling, we start to climb the mountain on the opposite side. The sun blushes all shades of red, from pastel to a bright orange as the clouds run amuck in all directions. The sunlight makes the snow on the peaks shine like wildfire adding to the drama of the landscape. At Nimaling, the river flows urgently from the meadows towards the mountains as the many animals, in their morning glory, romance the land below. There are no dangerous patches on this day but the distance and the dry terrain make it a rough undertaking.

The climb up to Kongmaru La pass is a few patches of steep incline between long distances of flat land rich in pikus and marmots. We reach the base of the pass from the base of the mountain in 3.5 hours after which there is a steep incline for half an hour to get on top of the pass. The pass provides for magnificent views of Kang Yatse 1 and 2 and also Dzo Jongo. Adorned with prayer flags, the wind on the pass is fierce. Locals climb here very frequently to make phone calls – this place receives high speed internet and a strong phone network which you lose 5 steps on either side of the pass. It is close to 2 kms from Nimaling to this place.

From the pass, it is only descent on a narrow trail, through gorges and water crossings with the valley appearing and disappearing on every turn. The terrain is interesting in its colours with rocks across the colour palette, geological formations with massive walls standing vertically on either side of you and the gush of water filling up these narrow passageways to the strangest and most interesting fauna you will ever see. It is 3.5 hours of up, down, sideway and any other direction you can think of to cross this section to get to the end point of Chokdo from where we begin our 3 hour drive to Leh. 

Expect to reach Leh by late evening.

Reserve Day

In case of bad weather or other difficulties, Day 13 is reserved for a second summit attempt. This will only get used if unexpected and unforeseeable conditions present themselves at the last minute preventing the first summit push.

Departure from Leh

The trek ends here but not before some celebration. How can we end this adventure without a summit party?

If you plan to stay for a few more days to explore the wonders of Ladakh, the article below might help start you off on what places to consider. ( Places to visit in Leh Ladakh )

Like we indicated before, the weather on high-altitude is unpredictable as are many other conditions. We would suggest you keep spare days between the end of the expedition and your travel arrangements to head back home.

What's Included

• Guest House Stays in Leh (Day 1,2 and 12)
• Trek Meals (Starting Lunch on Day 3)
• Transport from Leh to Road head and return
• Forest Permits/Camping Charges (upto the amount charged for Indian nationals)
• 4 season Dome Tents, Thermal rated Sleeping bags, Sleeping mats
• Safety Equipment includes static rescue rope, seat harness, carabiners, pulleys
• Expedition guide, cook, helpers, HAP and LAP for carrying common supplies
• Course certified & experienced Expedition Leader with Wilderness Emergency Responder & Rescue. course from NIM Uttarkashi
• Technical Equipment - PP Ropes, Helmet, Ice Axe, Crampons, Mountaineering Boots, Snow Stake, Dead Man/Boy
• Peak Booking Fee Charges (upto the amount charged for Indian nationals)

What's Not Included

• Meals in Leh
• Meals during road journeys
• Portage of personal bags during the expedition
• Cost of any kind of Travel Insurance.
• IMF Peak Booking Fee for foreign national US$ 500 for a team of upto two members and US$ 225 for every additional participants
• Mandatory Liaison Officer Fee for foreign expeditions ( ~USD 500 for group of 10)
• Any kind of personal expenses
• IMF deputed liaison officer is mandatory in case of foreign nationals. Expense of liaison officer is distributed amongst foreign nationals equally. Approximate total expense of LO : INR 25000/-
• Inner Line Permit Fee
• IMF Fee. For Indians: INR 3500 for upto six participants ( INR 3500 for 1 to 6 participants & INR 7000 for 7 to 12 participants). For Indians this fee is divided equally amongst the participants. For foreigners: INR 4000 per participant. This fee needs to be paid in Leh. Please carry sufficient cash.

Are you Eligible for this Adventure?

Max Altitude

BRS Level Required

Kang Yatse I Peak is a level 7 adventure on the Bikat Rating Scale.

This makes it mandatory for you to have high-altitude experience of preferably multiple treks marked at level 5 on the BRS. The altitude, the terrain and the nature of the climb demand a certain level of skill and a need for you to be aware of how your body reacts to the various features of high altitude environment.

If you do not know what level of BRS trek would suit you best, worry not! Fill out this Form:

we will send you a progression chart to help you comfortably get out of your comfort zone in order to level up and ultimately reach your highest potential in the big, bad world of outdoor adventure.

Packing List

This is a list of essential items for individuals doing the trek with Bikat Adventures. This list contains only those items which the participants are required to bring with them. The list excludes those items which are provided by Bikat Adventures on the trek. We have divided the items into five categories. All the items in the list are essential except for those marked as optional.

Trekking Gear

• Ruck sack bag with rain cover. Qty -1
• Day Pack Bag - Recommended for treks with summit day
• Head Torch with spare Batteries. Qty -1
• U V protection sunglasses. Qty -1 Here is how you can choose the best sunglasses for trekking.
• Water Bottles: 2 bottles of 1 liter each
• Non-skid, deep treaded, high-ankle trekking shoes Qty -1
• Pair of light weight Slipper/Sandals Qty -1
• Quick Dry Warm lower or Track Pants. Qty - 2
• Full sleeves T-shirts/ Sweatshirts. 1 for every 2 days of trekking
• Pair of thick woolen socks. 1 pair for every two days of trekking
• Thermal Body warmer Upper & Lower. Qty-1
• Undergarments. Qty - 1 for every day of trekking
• Warm jacket closed at wrist & neck .Qty-1
• Full sleeves sweater. Qty -1
• Rain wear ( Jacket & Pants ) . Qty-1
• Pair of waterproof, warm gloves. Qty-1
• Woolen cap. Qty-1
• Sun shielding Hat. Qty -1
• Personal toiletries kit (Small Towel, Toilet paper, paper soap, Bar soap, toothbrush, toothpaste, cold cream, etc.)
• Sun screen lotion small pack. Qty -1 Here is your Sun Protection 101 to stay safe in the bright sunny outdoors.
• Lip Balm small pack. Qty-1
• Small size, Light weight & Leak proof lunch box. Qty-1
• Plate. Qty- 1
• Spoon.Qty-1
• Tea/Coffee (plastic) Mug.Qty-1

Miscellaneous

• Camera (Optional)
• Carry your medicines in plenty in case you have any specific ailment. Consult your doctor before joining the trek.
• Dry fruits, Nuts, Chocolate bars (Optional)

Frequently Asked Questions

Eligibility, is this adventure good for me, what’s a good fitness benchmark for this adventure, what skills do i need to complete this adventure, what is the minimum and maximum age limit, about the activity, where is it located, what are some of its highlights, what are some of its challenges, what is the best season for this, what is the accommodation type, what is the temperature like here, is it technically challenging, connectivity, how do i reach the starting point, is there cellular network available throughout, where is the nearest atm, if i choose to travel to the base with you, what is the pick-up point, what time is the drop-off on the last day, what are the nearby attractions that i can explore, equipment & gear, what equipment is provided to us, what can i rent from you, where will i receive the rented items, where do i have to return the rented items, what gear do i need to bring, are there local shops to rent/buy equipment, facilities & additional services, can i offload my bag, can i leave any extra luggage i carry at the base of this adventure, what are the meals like, what are the washroom/ toilet facilities like, what should i do if i get my period on this adventure, what are the medical facilities available to me on this adventure, are there any electricity charging points on this adventure, mandatory documents, what documents do i need to carry, do i need insurance for this, do i need a permit for this, certification, do you provide a certificate of completion, when and how will i get the certificate of completion, international travel, will i need a visa, when should i apply for the visa, what kinds of insurance do i need to travel here, what is the specialty of this when compared to other mountain ranges, till which month can i make a booking for this, what is the qualification of the outdoor leader provided to us, how do you choose your outdoor leaders, is it safe for women, what is the ratio of outdoor leader to participants, what do you do in case of an emergency, what are the rescue options on this adventure, how do you choose your equipment, can i attempt this adventure if i have a specific medical condition, sustainability, what kind of camping do you practice on your outdoor adventures, why are you against fixed camping in the outdoors, how do you manage overcrowding on certain trails, what are some things to remember when using a dry toilet, why should i avoid wet wipes in the outdoors, where should i dispose of my sanitary waste if i am on my period, why should i carry my own utensils on an outdoor adventure, booking process, what happens after i make the payment, do you create a whatsapp group of participants before the start date of the activity, do i need to submit a medical certificate, do i need to submit an undertaking form.

Small Group Size

Our batch sizes are capped at 15 for smaller treks with the trek leader and trekker ratio of 1:8. This ratio, in our years of experience, has proven to deliver the best trekking experience for individuals as well as groups. Capping the size of the group ensures individual attention to each trekker so that no signs of distress or need during the trek go unnoticed. It also helps to form a more cohesive cohort with better group energy which helps define the rhythm and pace of days on the trek. As you go higher up on the BRS scale, since the stakes are higher, expeditions have an even smaller group size with the ratio of expedition leader to climber set at 1:2.

Qualified Expedition Leaders

We follow a rigorous regime of hiring and training our experts in the field. Each trek leader is a certified mountaineer with years of experience in the field. In addition to their qualification, they also go through practical and situational training to tackle any and all kinds of sudden conditions that may present themselves on the ground. Being unpredictable is the core nature of the mountains but being ready for any circumstance as best as possible is a controllable asset that we try to nurture. Our field experts are also trained in basic medicine and first-aid response. Watch: Forerunners - The Making of A Trek Leader At Bikat Adventures

Guided Progression

Since Bikat Adventures is a learning-based organization, we help you climb up the ladder of difficulty within the sphere of outdoor adventure systematically. Our on-ground training modules are designed to handhold you through the upskilling process so that you are ready to take on bigger challenges.

Equipment Quality and Check

All the gear used on our treks and expeditions is tried and tested, maintained for good quality, and is overall top-notch in quality and condition. We are continually looking to obtain the best of everything there is in the market so as to ensure optimum safety.

Support Systems

Along with the staff you see on-ground, we have a team of superheroes working in the background to give you the best experience possible. Our background team also comprises local staff from each area who know the region best. Having local support helps with studying the area, pre-planning, execution, and in receiving timely support in case of emergencies in these remote locations.

Communication

Our on-field staff is in constant contact with our teams based in primary locations so as to eliminate any avoidable delay in reaching additional help and support when required. We try to use the best tools for communication available, including satellite phones, in regions where they are not restricted.

What our customers Say

Cancellation Policy

Cash refund

Cancellations up to 30 days prior to departure date

5% deduction

Cancellations between 30 days to 15 days prior to departure date

50% deduction

Cancellations within 15 days prior to departure date

Voucher refund

Cancellations up to 5 days prior to departure date

No Deduction

Cancellations within 5 days prior to departure date

• Cash refund is applicable only in case of bookings made without using any promotional offer code or vouchers
• This is only a brief of cancellation terms. For finer details please refer Detailed Cancellation Policy.

Subscribe for latest updates & offers

Similar adventures.

Mt. Deo Tibba Peak

The perfect technical expedition meant for highly experienced trekkers only.

Mt. Nanda Ghunti

The ultimate mountaineer's delight - highly technical expedition meant for experienced climbers.

Uttarakhand

Mt. Black Peak

The highest peak of the saraswati range of mountains - technical expedition meant for experienced trekkers, enter your email, events by categories.

Mountaineering

Scuba Diving

Events by months.

• January July
• February August
• March September
• April October
• May November
• June December

Events By Nights

• 5 & More Night
• Environmental Policy
• Privacy Policy
• Term & Conditions
• Work With Us
• Address: 303, 3rd Floor, Tower B4, Spaze Itech Park, Sector 49. Gurgaon
• Pre Sale - 8448680062 , Post Sale - 8588878499, 9667639126

Bikat Adventures

• Cancellation & Refunds
• Content Sharing

© 2024 Bikat Adventures - All Rights Reserved

Powered by: novel knett software solutions, submit enquiry.

Home / Himalayan Treks / India - Ladakh Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition

Climbing the 2 giants of the markha valley. feel the himalayan high from above 6400 meters in the magical mountains of ladakh.

Quick Informations

• 📅 Duration: 15 Days, 14 Nights
• 🔼 Highest Altitude: 6401m
• 🛑 Grade: Challenging + ( know trek grades )
• 👍 Best Time: Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct
• 🏃 Activity Type: Climb, Trek
• 🔄 Trail Type: Same Exit Entry Point
• 🚩 Starts From: Leh
• 🚩 Ends In: Leh
• 🌏 Region: India - Ladakh
• 🎌 Country: India
• 🛪  Nearest Airport: Leh, Kushok Bakula Rimpochee Airport ( IXL)
• 🚉 Nearest Rail Head: Katra, (KEA), Jammu Tawi ( JAT)

Key Geographical Highlights

Daywise itinerary for kang yatse 1 and 2 climbing expedition, ▼day 1 arrival day leh 3500m.

Today, we fly from Delhi to reach Leh by afternoon, and checkin to our hotel. All of a sudden when you take in the cool dry air of Ladakh, your body won't not conform to the new changed environment, that too in only couple of hours !!

Staying hydrated is the key to a successful trek in Ladakh. Drink enough water from the previous night itself, and not after landing on Ladakh. Likewise, have a Vaseline convenient to apply to your nostrils to keep it moist, else you will feel the air is excessively dry and cold making it difficult to inhale comfortably.

We rest for the rest of the day and meet in the evening for a light Snacks and a formal Team Introduction where we share few important information on the trek preparation and planning.

Time for Dinner to catch some more sleep.

▼Day 2 Acclimatization Day Leh 3500m

Today we spend our day visiting places around Leh and acclimatizing further. Leh is at very high altitude and this day is very important for us. We visit places like Leh Palace, Chemo Monastery, Shanti Stupa, etc.

Each of these places can be hiked to and its the best for us to do, if we are not feeling exhausted. If we do, we need to take some light walks in the town itself for some window shopping. Leh has some good shops selling trekking gears. So you can do some last moment purchases.

Evening we will visit the monastery of Shanti Stupa to seek some peaceful aura around it.

Tomorrow we start the trek. Hence we recheck that we are all set for it. Do the last moment purchases, repack our bag according to the trek requirement, have dinner and sleep early.

▼Day 3 Trekking Day Skiu 3400m

Today we start early morning to drive till Chilling. The bridge to cross the river is broken by the recent flood and hence you get to cross the river in an interesting rope trolley. I bet if if have not done it before, adventure begins right away!

All your trek stuffs and equipment are transferred in the similar fashion. Once you cross the river, the horses are loaded and then we are set to start our trek to Markha Valley. Today, we camp at Skiu – A 3 hour easy trek on mostly flat trail with occasional short ascends and descend.

The trek route is very interesting and the landscape is very fascinating and unique. Sudden appearance of few green patches on the otherwise barren, creamy mountain adds a unique contrast to the scenery. Sightings of few wild animals and locals enhances the day. Our campsite is defined and we after some 3- 4 hours, we reach our campsite.

▼Day 4 Trekking Day Markha 3700m

Waking up to a wonderful morning in Skiu, today we trek to the village of Markha. An easy trek with almost a flat walks on most part of the trail, with occasional short ascents and descends like yesterday's.

The views throughout are breathtaking. Watch out for the different and unique rockscapes and structures of the mountains formed by wind and water erosion. With our previous experiences, we tried to tickle our imagination with the illusions created by these unique structures and strongly supported our conclusions of what they looked like -  ‘trunks of elephant’, ‘doorway to a very old tomb’, 'dinosaurs', etc. Its an interesting game to play which keeps us engaged with the mountains continuously and it goes unrealized when we reach our campsite.

Markha is a very beautiful campsite. The campsite is designated on a flat meadow with the a stream flowing by. Do take time out in the evening to visit an old monastery nearby.

▼Day 5 Trekking Day Thochungtse 4200m

The trek to Thochungtse goes via Hankar from Markha. It a beautiful trek and takes about 4 - 5 hours. The route to Hankar is mostly flat with occasional ups and downs. Soon, we  get a glimpse of Kang Yatse which fills us with excitement. After about 3 hours of trek we reach the beautiful village of Hankar with few houses, lots of greens and the massif of Kang Yatse looks over it. Its a perfect picturesque setting. Its a good idea to spend some time here and have our lunch here.

After leaving Hankar behind, the terrain changes immediately with no mentionable greens to be seen further. The route is jaw-dropping with unique structures of the mountains and the rocks. Here its very easy to spot blue sheep and ibex, snow leopards too !!

A walk of some 2 - 3 hours brings us to a small grassy plains which is the designated campsite of Thochungtse. 

In the evening, we will climb the nearby mountain for acclimatization. While it is a acclimatization walk, but climbing up the mountain greets us to a stupendous views of our pea in focus - Kang Yatse, and also other nearby peaks and the platue of Nimaling

▼Day 6 Trekking Day Kang Yatse 2 BC 5050m

Starting the trek from Thochungtse, we climb a mountain hump straight ahead of us. At that altitude, it does take some time, but once done, enjoy up-close views of Kang Yatse. A huge massif, overwhelming us with its presence. Also, the very thought that we will be approaching the base of it further adds to our spirit.

After an hour from Thochungtse, we reach a small lake where we rest and watch the reflection of Kang Yatse on the water surface. From here Base Camp is about 2 hours on an easy walk.

▼Day 7 Acclimatization & Training Day Kang Yatse 2 BC 5050m

Rest and acclimatization day. We will walk towards the ridge on Kang Yatse for acclimatization and also get acquainted with the route for the next day. Technical orientation and training required for the snow trek will be given on this day. We will teach Self-arrest, Group Arrest, Glissading, 3-point climbing and toe climbing and heel descending on snow. All of these techniques will come vey vey handy during the summit day.

▼Day 8 Summit Day Kang Yatse 2 BC 5000m

Today is the day for us as we attempt it just past midnight and aim to reach the top at dawn. All these days we had been walking slowly, when we could have walked faster, just for this day. Overall, it’s a challenging day right from the beginning and we try to beat it. To be able to be on top is a feeling inexpressible through words.

▼Day 9 Trekking Day Kang Yatse 1 BC 5000m

We shift our base camp and trek to beneath Kang Yatse 1. It takes about 1 hour and we leave only in the evening after completely resting our body. No quantifiable altitude difference will be there today. Just moving the base to make our next day easier. It can be considered as a rest day only.

▼Day 10 Load Ferry Day Kang Yatse 1 BC 5000m

Load ferry and route opening day

▼Day 11 Trekking Day Kang Yatse 1 Summit Camp 5500m

The trek from base camp to Camp 1 is a steep trek over loose rocks. The trek follows the rivulet for some 30 minutes before taking the steep route towards the right. Here the camping space is very limited to about 3 tents at max. It will be a very limited kitchen tonight on butane stoves.

▼Day 12 Summit Day Kang Yastse 1 BC 5000m

The climb to the summit involves negotiating a broken ridge with good exposure and drop on both the sides after which it's a steep climb on hard ice/ snow cover the last 500 meters to the summit of the dome. Hard ice make it easy rather than soft snow. We return to base camp on event of successful summit. If not, we wait in the high camp for second attempt the next day.

▼Day 13 Contingency Day

▼day 14 pass crossing day leh 3500m.

It will be a very long walk today as we reach Leh from Kang Yatse Base Camp. We descend down rapidly to Nimaling in about 1.5 hours from the Base Camp. From Nimaling, we start climbing the switchbacks to the top of Kongmaru La (Gongmaru La) – 5130m, a high pass with wonderful views all around. Climbing through multiple switchbacks takes us to the summit of Kongmaru La in an hour or a little more, marked with lots of prayer flags furling with the wind. Spend some good time here to relish the views all around. After crossing the pass, it’s a steep descend down the beautiful Markha gorge. The views and the trail pass down following the narrow Markha gorge and is unbelievable unless you trek it. A sharp descend from the pass top gets us to Lartsa. From there, a trek of some 3 - 4 hours will bring you to the campsite of Chuskirmo. From Chuskirmo, we trek for another 2.5 - 3 hours to Shang Sumdo, where our cab waits to take us to Leh.

Note: If the reserved day is unused, we will trek down to Chuskirmo to make the return to Leh a bit relaxing and comfortable.

▼Day 15 Departure Day New Delhi 200m

Itinerary and our service ends. You will be dropped to the airport as per plan.

Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition - Package & Cost Details

▼ cost terms.

Cost Terms :

• The above-mentioned cost is in the range of minimum to maximum per-person cost for this trek as per 1 - 12 people team. Package Inclusions as per this cost can be read below.
• 5% GST (goods and service tax) is applicable for all our purchases.
• We follow dynamic pricing as per the actual team size on the trek. Going by our standardized service, appropriate safety measures, quality equipment, and ecologically sustainable - small group commitment, a higher team size will lower the cost whereas a lower team size will significantly increase the cost.
• Group segmented pricing if not provided here, please write to us using the contact page or text us on Whatsapp number +918017216725.
• You may choose to keep the trek open or make it private depending upon your requirements or choice. The actual per-person cost of the trek is subject to the actual team size joining the trek. If you make any customizations that drastically change the itinerary and cost as mentioned here, then it will mandatorily have to be a private group only.
• If we have dates listed on our website on Our Upcoming Treks and it is not marked as private, it means other people have booked this trek for that date and have opened it up for other members to join to lower the cost. If your dates and choices match, you may join these treks
• You may join an existing open group listed on our website or create your own group as per your convenient dates and choose to either keep it private or open it up to lower the cost if other members join the trek.
• At any point, the team size cannot be more than 12 members ( 10 for challenging treks) unless there is a unique exception requested or agreed upon by all the team members.

Customized Private Group For Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition

INTERNATIONAL GUESTS : Trek cost for foreigners is slightly higher than the cost for our Indian guests, mainly due to the higher permit fee applicable for admission to National Parks or protected forest areas. Sometimes, it may be higher due to higher local crew wages and other specific arrangements we make to ensure a safe, comfortable and enriching travel experience in India. However, we absolutely DO NOT 'hyper-charge' our International guests ever and at the same time, ensure that we meet all the standards for highly qualified trek leaders and guides, safety, medical preparation, evacuation strategy, rescue arrangements, eco-sensitive travel, high-value knowledge sharing about the area and customs of the locals. 

Extra Cost For International Trekkers : Rs. 140000 per person.

Booking Process : Booking can only be done after multiple communication via email / Whatsapp / Calls. After connecting with us and discussing your needs, we finalize the trek and its requirements. After finalization, partial booking fees can be paid online or through direct bank transfers after which we trigger our preparations and arrangements for your trek. International Trekkers can pay the partial booking fees using PayPal, Wise, Western Union or Direct Wire Transfer.

Must Read - Important Pre-Booking Information

▼ Fixed Departure Dates

We do not organize fixed departures for this trip.

If you want to do this trek with us, please fill this form to Request A Customized Private Trip Plan just for your team members. We will get back to you with all the details specific to your personalized requirements

▼ Package Cost Inclusions

What's included in the price.

• Duration:  15 Days / 14 nights of trekking and climbing cost Ex. Leh
• Accommodation In Leh: 5 nights of Stay in a Premium hotel in Leh with guided acclimatization walks and sightseeing road trips with an emphasis on local food and culture. Only Breakfast and Dinner Included while in Leh
• Accommodation On Trek : Spacious, sturdy and High-Quality All Season Dome Tents will be provided on twin sharing basis.
• Sleeping In Tents : Thick Waterproof Mattress complemented with very good quality Sub Zero Sleeping bags supported with Supersoft Down Sleeping Bag Inners, For Extra Hygiene and Warmth will be provided by us
• Dining On Trek : We will provide Dining and Kitchen Tents with camping stools and camping tables for extra hygiene and comfort.
• Toilet On Treks : Dry eco-toilet will be set up with a toilet tent and toilet seat. 1 Toilet tent for every 5 trekkers will be provided.
• Meals : All meals (except for lunch in leh), specifically curated for high altitudes will be provided from breakfast in Leh on Day 1 till breakfast on Day 15 in Leh. 3 meals (B, L, D) suited for high altitude with evening snacks, soup, hot drinks and extra energizers/juice for summit days. Nutritious, Soupy, Balanced nutritious meal which is light on the stomach.
• Common Climbing Gears : All required climbing gears like rope coils, pitons, ice screws, snow stacks, pulleys, zumars, etc.
• Communication : For efficient management of the trek, the team will be communicating with each other and trek base with the help of long-range wireless sets.
• Medical Safety:  Oxygen cylinder, Pulse Oximeter, Thermal temperature scanner, and  Emergency Medical Kit accompanied by a trek leader knowledgeable on high altitude medicine and physiology
• Trek Leader and Climbing Guide: Experienced and Well Equipped English/ Hindi Speaking Trek Leader maintaining guide to trekker ratio of 1:2 . That is 1 guide for every 2 trekkers.
• Rope fixing and recee team: Experienced rope fixing team will reccee the route and pre-fix the rope for climbing safety
• Local Support Staffs : Expert and Knowledgeable local route guide with cooks, helpers, porters, mules, etc
• Trekking Permits : All required forest and other local association permits as per the prevalent rules of Local administration and our Country.
• Climbing Permits : IMF climbing fees and peak royalties. 
• Transfers : Return transfers from Leh to for trek in 4X4 offroader for the trekking team and support crew. Also, airport pickup and drop on Day 1 and Day 14.
• Max Team Size : Small group of not more than 10 members. You can make any batch a private batch by paying a little extra over the base trek fees.
• Personal Load Offload : allowed up to 12 Kg only. Common equipment will be carried over mules or HAPs. 
• Free Cloakroom in Leh: for extra leftover luggage while leaving for the trek.
• Personal Trek Equipments:   Essential trek gear for complimentary use. ( read below)

Personal Trekking Equipment For Free Use: (No Rent will be charged. A refundable security amount of Rs. 5000 needs to be deposited. You may use what you need and also bring your personal gear. )

• 1 Gaiter pair
• 1 Microspikes / Ice Tracktion Crampons
• 1 Clean and Sanitized Down Sleeping Bag Inner
• 1 Seat Harness
• 1 Climbing Boot
• 1 Climbing Crampon
• 1 Screw Carabiner
• 2 Open Carabiner
• 1 Walking Ice Axe
• - 20 deg waterproof expedition down jackets
• Single Supplement For Tent & Hotel. ( @ INR 37000 )
• Porterage For More Than 10 Kgs On Trek. (@ INR 16000)

▼ Package Cost Exclusions

What's not included .

• Personal Travel and Climbing Insurance
• Personal Purchases
• Food Purchased Outside Our Menu
• Personal Gears
• Lunch in Leh
• Bottled Water or Any Other Drinks
• Liaison Officer Expenses For International Climbers (Fixed Fee of USD 500 + additional travel/food allowance to be shared by the group) (ONLY IF APPLICABLE)
• Anything else not mentioned in the inclusion list

▼ Cancellation Policy

When should you book.

We typically get booked about 3 - 6 months in advance. It is advisable to book this much in advance as you get early bird discounts and also your travel costs like flights/hotels/trains etc are much cheaper and confirmed if you book well in advance.

Rules Of Cancellation:  

If cancellation is done:

• Up to 90 days or more before the start date  - 100% Refund of the total invoiced amount
• 89 days to 46 days before the start date  - 60% refund of the total invoiced amount. 40% of the invoice amount will be charged as the cancellation penalty.
• 45 days or less before the start date  - No Refund of the total invoiced amount. However, transfer of batch and rescheduling is allowed as specified below.
• Transfer Of Slot to a Different Batch/ Trek:  No Loss Of Money, valid up to 1 year from the Invoice date. It can be availed up to 30 days before Trek Start Date by sending an email.
• Transfer of Slot to Friend/ Family For Same Batch:  No Loss Of Money, valid up to 1 year from Invoice date. It can be availed up to 20 days before Trek Start Date by sending an email.
• Validity:  This rule is applicable for both trekking and technical peaks above 6000 meters, categorized as a climbing expedition and graded as Challenging or Challenging+

Find detailed info on  Cancellation & Refund Policy

Frequently Asked Questions

Which is the best time to do the kang yatse 1 and 2 climbing expedition.

The Best time to attempt this peak is in the month of July, August, September till the first week of October. Apart from once in a while light showers, August and September offer the best weather and stable snow condition to make the climb a little easier. July has more snow on the summit ridge, while in October fresh snowfall might disrupt the plan.

How Cold Is The Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition?

The temperature variation on this trek is extreme further deteriorated by the cold dry wind of the Trans Himalayas. You may experience a temperature of -5 to 12 degrees above base camps in the summers, while the winter temperature here goes below -25 degrees. Lower camps are warm and comfortable. The days are long with bright sunshine throughout.

How Are The Accommodations And Toilet Facility On The Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition?

We mix staying in Homestays and camping on this trek to add more experience to our travel. Homestays helps us understand the local culture, traditions enjoy local food and helps the exchange of knowledge with the local community. Camping in the open meadows and grounds of Ladakh has its own charm. Toilets on this trek are completely dry toilets with no use of water. Do remember to carry wet wipes and tissue papers. While homestays have big Ladakhi toilets, we on our camps set up our toilet tents with camping toilet chairs.

What Are The Fitness Requirement Of The Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition?

This is a highly demanding trek and casual trekkers should stay away from this trek. Enough training and experience are required to tackle the challenges of this trek. While experience can still be shadowed by our leaders, but fitness cant be. Hence you should be very fit and strong to do this trek. Fitness does not mean you to be a body builder or a marathon winner.

Can Novice Trekkers Do The Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition?

Beginner can attempt this expedition under our guidance, provided they have very good fitness and stamina

Is Mobile Network Available On The Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition?

Apart from the summit tops, there will be no mobile towers on this trek route. BSNL and Airtel towers are available on the top of the peaks and passes.

Is Internet Available On The Kang Yatse 1 and 2 Climbing Expedition?

There will not be any internet connectivity on this trek except for summit top of peaks and passes.

The peak of Kang Yatse is one of the best looking mountains I have ever seen. It dominates the Markha Valley and is a big mountain massif of 4 peaks. While the First peak of Kang Yatse - Kang Yatse (KY1) 6400 Meters is a technical peak, its second peak, i.e. Kang Yatse 2 (KY2) 6200 Meters is a trekking peak, although not easy as many commercial operators would describe in order to get more clients.

The peak of Kang Yatse 2 has straightforward access to its summit and requires negotiating loose moraines and rocky zones (scree). Its a very steep climb to its summit and snow on top of the loose rocks and pebbles make it very risky and difficult which only experience and very fit climbers can negotiate easily. It requires good management of calm and composure to successfully climb its summit. Though technical climbing skills are not required to climb Kang Yatse 2, having it definitely helps boost your confidence. Out Leaders provide technical orientation classes in the base camps which include self-arrest, group arrest, climbing on rope, using ice axe, 3 point climbing, etc. It helps a non-technical climber gain knowledge and use the techniques when required.

On the other hand, Kang Yatse 1 is a technical peak with a corniced summit dome. It requires knowledge of using technical mountaineering equipment and experience of trekking in high altitude zones and rough terrains. The effort required to reach the summit of Kang Yatse 1 requires us to negotiate a high risk, steep scree zone and then negotiating crevasse and a broken ridge over soft snowy terrain. It definitely tests your nerve if you aren't experienced and are seeing these landscapes and elements of the Himalayas for the first time.

Approach Route Of Kang Yatse 1

There are 3 different approaches to the summit of Kang Yatse 1. While the most climbed is via the South-East ridge, the other 2 are difficult routes.

1. From Kang Yatse 2 Summit to Kang Yatse 1 Summit, via the Knife Edge Ridge: It's one of the most difficult routes to reach the summit of KY1 and requires immense technical climbing skills. Recently, a team from the Himalayan Mountaineering Institute successfully traversed from KY2 to KY1 and made history.

2. From Kang Yatse Glacier : This was the old climbing route and is seldom used these days as it requires long rope and the uncertainty of the glacier makes planning difficult.

3: From South-East Ridge : This route is very steep and requires negotiating a steep section of the scree zone and a small section of broken ridge. This allows to camp overnight on a small ledge on the summit ridge and makes it a little easier. We use this route to climb on our planned expedition to KY1

Key To Success On Kang Yaste 1: Acclimatization, Fitness Training and A Calm Mind

In such a high altitude climbing peak, there is no alternative to acclimatization, and when we talk of acclimatization, we mean natural acclimatization and not medicated acclimatization which many commercial trek organisers preach.

• A slow-paced itinerary balancing daily walks and rest days is a very essential factor.
• Good meals focussed on complete nutrition, hydration, better blood circulation and warmth helps keep you strong and fit.
• Comfortable cosy sleep is necessary as that's when our body recovers. 
• High-Quality Equipment and gear to protect from extreme weather of Ladakh is equally important
• Knowledgable and Experienced Trek Leaders who can guide you to success has its own importance
• Prevention is better than cure as we know. We need to imply all prevention SOW into work to help keep us fit throughout the trek.
• Local knowledge and emergency handling capabilities, medical safety kits, oxygen cylinders, etc have no alternative.
• Acclimatization walks on each days, Keeping hydrated throughout the trek and most importantly staying joyful and relaxed works extremely well to acclimatize better.

Your capability to acclimatize well directly affects your climbing success on the summit of Kang Yatse Peaks. Acclimatization being the most important of them, you can't ignore a fit strong body and high mental endurance which help you stay calm and see bad things off with immense patience and perseverance. Possessing good listening capability and following all the instructions of your expedition leader is very important. All this factor help you climb successfully.

WHY SHOULD YOU CLIMB  WITH US ?

Unlike the mass-trekking and hand-held trekking groups in our country, we, on all of our treks, inspire and motivate to boost more of the  Intrinsic and Inheritent Adventure Sense of a human being  when it comes to our work ethics. We human beings are born to Survive. It's just about letting yourself free to get back your intrinsic senses to adapt, survive and then excel.

Having said that, we take safety as the first matter of concern on any of our treks, and hence provide the Guides and Leaders who are tremendously experienced, knowledgeable, responsible and capable of handling such treks. We keep our group size limited to 12 people on a challenging trek like this as smaller groups have more summit success rate since the team is more focused on their objectives, share common physical abilities, are safer and friendlier. Most importantly, our filtration and selective process ensure that the team, unlike that of the mass-trekking groups, is not limited by the weaknesses of the unfiltered, incompetent and unmanageable flock joining the team. A smaller group also helps to create an ambient Himalayan experience of Solitude, giving priority to Safety, Easy Management, Maximum Attention, Utmost care, Friendly attitude, and a Learning experience to make you a better and a humble trekker.

Our forced efforts to keep the group size small has given us a very nice success rate on the summits of these trekking peaks in the Himalayas.  Our itinerary and meal plan are very well planned and with further orientation and planning, we move closer to the summit with each of these carefully decided actions.

The equipment that we provide on the treks are some of the best in the industry. Few of those are designed and custom-made just to suit our purpose of a safe and comfortable trek experience. We provide you with all the gears required to be better equipped for the trek. The quality of local resources, cooks and porters are not neglected and we make sure that we hire responsible local resources for your group accompanied by one of our leaders who further ensures that the quality of services are delivered as promised and forms a liaison between the group and the local hires. Right from the food that we serve on the trek to the toilet tents and camping toilet seat that we provide, dining tents to separate camping stools, pre-trek orientation to proper coordination, SOS arrangements, etc - Everything is taken care of with utmost professionalism and expertise of the field.

We have until now worked across the Himalayas of India, Nepal and Bhutan with tremendous client satisfaction and reviews. From beginner’s trek to that of highly challenging treks and expeditions, we have handled it all very efficiently with an excellent success rate. We have always kept and delivered our promise of keeping the team small, like-minded, tidy by proper selection and filtration through discussion and with utmost safety and no incidences of mishaps so far due to our proper planning by experts of the field. We are a transparent and flexible organization and have kept our reviews online. You may read our reviews on our Google  Business Page: https://goo.gl/ezyw13 

• introduction
• geographical info
• detailed itinerary
• elevation profile
• package Details
• common questions
• contact info
• description
• key highlights

  +91 8017216725

  +91 9434062849

  Write To Us

  WhatsApp Us

Summit News

Difficult conditions breed hard trekkers. For 4 years in row, we have maintained 100% summit success rate on this peak. Thanks to our critical policies and efficient leaders to make it possible. We are ready for 2024